Gantrex NA Catalog March 2019

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 240

1 ________________ CORPORATE PRESENTATION

2 _______________________________________ RAILS

3 _______________________________________ CLIPS

4 _______________________________________ PADS

5 _____________________________ RAIL WELDING

6 __________ INSTALLATION & MAINTENANCE

7 _____________ CONSULTING & ENGINEERING

8 ___________________________ STEEL SUPPORTS

9 _____________________ END STOPS & BUMPERS

10 __________________ GROUTING & ANCHORING

11 _________________________ RUBBER PRODUCTS

12 ______________________ TIEBACK ASSEMBLIES

13 _________________________ EMBEDDED TRACKS

14 _____________________ CABLE TRENCH COVER

15 _________________ APPLICATION BROCHURES


Global leader of crane
and specialty tracks solutions
With over 45+ years of
experience and our solutions
installed in every economically
developed country in the
world providing references
unparalleled, Gantrex is proud
to be the industry’s market
leader.

Around the globe, Gantrex has a


substantial local presence with
4 production centers, 19 sales
and service centers and over 300
employees enabling Gantrex to
be With You to address your
crane or specialty tracks needs.

Active in all industries


As the global leader in crane
track solutions, Gantrex is
present in a wide range of
industries; Ports, Shipyards,
Intermodal, Steel, Aluminum,
Mining, Automotive,
Warehousing and more. All
benefit from our company’s
dedication to reliability and
ingenuity.

Whether it’s cranes traveling


on rail or machinery moving on
specialty tracks, you will find
Gantrex there.
One-stop
O
One
ne-sto
e ssto
sto shop
Gantrex
Ga xpprovides
ro des ess comprehensivehensiv
and wide e ranging
de rang
r gCCrane
rane rail
r
and d specialty
spec
sp track k solutions
ssolu
olu
o
for a hostt of industries
i ustr
usstr
u ries and
sttrie a
applications.
pplicca
at From
omm innovative
iinn
nnova vative
design
de n to
t aaentive
entiv
ntive e after-sales
ve aftteer-sale
customer
ccu o e support,
upport
up
pp our reliable
reliable
able
Products
Pr
P odu
du and
uctss an
uc a Services
nd Ser ces include:
inncclu
udd
• RailLok™
R L
Lok™ Rail
aill clips
ail
ai ccli
clip
ips
pss and
p and
an d pads
• Crane and
nd
dSSp
Spe
Specialty
ecia
c alty
lty
ty R
Rails
• STS
TS
S Short
rt R
rt Rai
Ra
Rails
a
ails
• Grouting
G
Gro
rro
outt
ou materi
materiall
• Rail
Ra
ail Support
Sup Steel Plates
P
nd Chairs
and Cha
airs
• Adjustable
ustab
able Rail Cha
Chairss
• Hydraulic
Hydra
Hyd
Hy ra buf
buffers
fffe
fers
rs
• Crane G
C
Cr
Cra Girder
der
er Ti
Tie-Back
i Assemblies
emb
mb ie
• Rail
ill Trench
Trre
Tre Infill
• Railway
R
Ra
ailw
way
ay Pit Track
T Systems
em
m
• Embedded
Embe rails systems
m
• Buffer End
d Stops
S
• I
Installation
atti
a tio Services
ces
es fo
for
or
o
Overhead and nd Ground
Groundd Tracks
Tra
• STS Trolley
ST y Rail
Ra
R
Rai
ail Scaffolding
ffoldin
ld
lding
di
Solutions
Solu
u ion
utio
ons
Covering numerous applications
Gantrex offers a diverse
portfolio of capabilities,
from overhead and ground
rail solutions, to trolley rail
tracks for any type of cranes,
to specialty rail tracks for rail
depots and maintenance halls.

Our expertise extends to


every application and industry
including all types of industrial
overhead cranes and transfer
cars systems, ship to shore
and automated portal cranes,
stacker-reclaimers and loaders
for bulk material handling
industry, automated stacker
cranes for warehouse industry
plus special heavy load
applications such as retractable
roofs and rocket movers.
World leader
Our dedication to key business
principles is what keeps Gantrex at
the forefront of the crane rail and
specialty track market. Our long
standing commitment to providing a
local Gantrex presence supported by
technical, research, manufacturing and
installation operations all dedicated to
understanding the application specifics
and needs of our customer….is what
keeps Gantrex On Track. With You.

Sales Offices
Aachen, GERMANY
Ajax, CANADA
Bilbao, SPAIN
Birmingham, USA
Brescia, ITALY
Chicago, USA
Dubai, UAE
Montreal, CANADA
Mumbai, INDIA
Nivelles, BELGIUM
Pisburgh, USA
Queretaro, MEXICO
Rio de Janeiro, BRAZIL
San Francisco, USA
Santiago, CHILE
Seoul, KOREA
Shanghai, CHINA
Singapore, SINGAPORE
Vancouver, CANADA
Warwick, UK

Production Centers
Ajax, CANADA
Beijing, CHINA
Bilbao, SPAIN
Nivelles, BELGIUM
Rail - A key component
of the crane
support system

Rail going through the ultra-sonic


testing machine.

Our access to large rail inventories can provide short delivery times.

Gantrex has over 30 years of experience in assisting in the selection of rail profiles to suit
numerous and varied applications on both steel and concrete supported runways.

Since a rail profile is the surface on which cranes and other material handling machines operate,
it is a most fundamental element of the structure: In general, the rail selection must satisfy criteria
such as reliability, economy and life expectancy. We can assist in selecting the rail characteristics
to meet specific design parameters. Gantrex is supported by an experienced Engineering
staff and associated rail mill technical expertise, backed by university testing and dedicated
laboratories. Our calculations, dimensioning and diagnoses are all essential elements required to
choose a rail to ensure longevity of the crane support structure.

Our technical and sales specialists further contribute by designing the most efficient crane
support system (ie., rail profile, clips, pad, soleplates, epoxy grout and anchor bolts). In addition,
an experienced field group provides project and design coordination, supervision and rail welding
(flash butt, thermite and puddle arc) capabilities.

Depending on the individual customer requirements (quantity, grade, profile and delivery),
Gantrex is normally in a good position to provide rail from local stock, preferred suppliers or
directly from the mill.

TOLL FREE: 800 2 GANTREX (800) 242-6873 © GANTREX, 2008


PRINTED in U.S.A.
Web site: www.gantrex.com • Email: [email protected]
Rev. 2016

-1-
Crane Rail Welding
Methods

Gantrex Flash-Butt Welding


Overhead Rail.

Thermite welding in action.

A number of different rail welding processes have been used to produce efficient crane runways.
Gantrex has the history, experience and capability to field weld using Puddle Arc, Calorite
Thermal and Flash-Butt procedures. Below is a short overview of the most common methods:

Puddle Arc - an electro-slag process used extensively in Europe where it lends itself to the
joining relatively low carbon”A” rails. It is skill dependent, where weld is puddled into the rail gap
and retained by “coppers” matched to the rail profile. The “coppers” are individually shaped by the
welder to match his own “puddling” technique. Puddle Arc Welding can result in a good joint, but
is dependent of the skill of the welder. It also creates a larger heat-affected zone than thermal or
flash-butt rail welding. Battering can be a problem on higher cycle runways. Larger profiles may
take up to 10 hours per weld. Not commonly used today.

Calorite Thermal - a thermal-slag process using a chemical heat source. Rail ends are square
cut and sand molds are set on the sides and bottom of the rail. After preheat of the ends, a
thermal charge is ignited in a crucible and the molten steel allowed to flow into the cavity. The rail
ends are joined via a casting during the welding process. This weld is good, affords portability and
4-5 welds can be made by a two man crew in a normal shift.

Flash-Butt - technically, the best weld. It produces the smallest heat affected zone, minimizing
joint batter, and uses electric current and hydraulic rams to butt the rail ends together at the upset
temperature. As many as 4 welds per hour may be possible for overhead runways and 4-6 welds
per hour for ground tracks. This system is most effective when the rail is fed from a fixed location
and advanced down the runway on rollers. Used on runways where all the rail is replaced.

TOLL FREE: 800 2 GANTREX (800) 242-6873 © GANTREX, 2008


PRINTED in U.S.A.
Web site: www.gantrex.com • Email: [email protected]
Rev.2016
ASCE30

Drawing not to scale

ASCE30
Section 3.00 In2
Nominal weight 30.00 Lb/Yd
Ix 4.10 In4
Ix/V 2.55 In3
Iy/V 2.69 In3

www.gantrex.com GSUS-EN 2018-09 R0.0

In USA, contact GANTREX Inc. – 1-800-242-6873 – [email protected]


In Canada, contact GANTREX Canada Inc. – 1-800-884-5960 – [email protected]
ASCE40

Drawing not to scale

ASCE40
Section 3.94 In2
Nominal weight 40.00 Lb/Yd
Ix 6.54 In4
Ix/V 3.59 In3
Iy/V 3.89 In3

www.gantrex.com GSUS-EN 2018-09 R0.0

In USA, contact GANTREX Inc. – 1-800-242-6873 – [email protected]


In Canada, contact GANTREX Canada Inc. – 1-800-884-5960 – [email protected]
ASCE60

Drawing not to scale

ASCE60
Section 5.95 In2
Nominal weight 60.00 Lb/Yd
Ix 14.55 In4
Iy 3.63 In4
Ix/V 6.62 In3
Iy/V 7.10 In3

Acc. to ASTM A1-00 (2018)

www.gantrex.com GSUS-EN 2018-10 R2.0

In USA, contact GANTREX Inc. – 1-800-242-6873 – [email protected]


In Canada, contact GANTREX Canada Inc. – 1-800-884-5960 – [email protected]
ASCE80 • GX40

Drawing not to scale

ASCE80
Section 7.86 In2
Nominal weight 80.00 Lb/Yd
Ix 26.38 In4
Iy 6.22 In4
Ix/V 10.07 In3
Iy/V 11.08 In3

Acc. to ASTM A1-00 (2018)


Other designation :GX40

www.gantrex.com GSUS-EN 2018-10 R2.0

In USA, contact GANTREX Inc. – 1-800-242-6873 – [email protected]


In Canada, contact GANTREX Canada Inc. – 1-800-884-5960 – [email protected]
ASCE85 • GX42

Drawing not to scale

ASCE85
Section 8.33 In2
Nominal weight 85.00 Lb/Yd
Ix 30.07 In4
Iy 6.92 In4
Ix/V 11.08 In3
Iy/V 12.17 In3

Acc. to ASTM A1-00 (2018)


Other designation :GX42

www.gantrex.com GSUS-EN 2018-10 R2.0

In USA, contact GANTREX Inc. – 1-800-242-6873 – [email protected]


In Canada, contact GANTREX Canada Inc. – 1-800-884-5960 – [email protected]
Crane Rails - CR Sections

Standard American Profiles*

Crane Rails under American Standards ASTM A759-2010 specification is applied


(CR 104 through CR 175) are rolled only to type CR crane rails with a nominal
based on the technical specifications mass of 104 lb/yd (51.6 kg/meter) to 175
ASTM A759-2010 and are offered in 2 lb/yd (86.8 kg/meter).
grades, Control Cooled, (standard
grade) and Head Hardened.** **NOTE: Although not covered by the
ASTM Standard, some sections are also
The standard length of these rails is 40'.
available in Advanced Head Hardened grade
Gantrex can also supply 60' and 80'
lengths, as well as cut-to-length sizes.

Designation
B1
B2
Weight B1 B2 S P H h3 h4
Y
lb/yd kg/m in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in in
CR104 104.0 51.59 2 1/2 63.5 2 1/2 63.5 1 25.4 5 127.0 5 127.0 1 1/2 1 1/16
h3

CR105 105.0 52.09 2 9/16 65.1 2 9/16 65.1 15/16 23.8 5 3/16 131.8 5 3/16 131.8 1 25/32 1
CR135 135.0 66.97 3 7/16 87.3 3 76.2 1 1/4 31.7 5 3/16 131.8 5 3/4 146.0 1 7/8 1 1/16
CR171 171.0 84.83 4.3 109.2 4 101.6 1 1/4 31.7 6 152.4 6 152.4 2 1 1/4

S CR175 175.0 86.80 4 1/4 107.9 4 1/32 102.4 1 1/2 38.1 6 152.4 6 152.4 1 3/4 1 9/64
H

X X Consult Gantrex for rail clip and pad selection.

Chemical Composition (%)


Elements
h4

C Mn P (max) S (max) Si (max)


0.67 - 0.84 0.70 - 1.10 0.040 0.0450 0.10 - 0.50
P
Mechanical Properties
Grade Brinell Hardness Tensile st rengt h (approximat e)
st andard t ypical min. 260* min. 127 ksi
head hardened min. 321 - max. 388 min. 157 ksi
* ASTM A759-2010 does not indicate a minimum Brinell hardness for all grades.

TOLL FREE: 800 2 GANTREX (800) 242-6873 © GANTREX, 2008


PRINTED in U.S.A.
Web site: www.gantrex.com • Email: [email protected]
2016 Temp 2
104 CR • MRS51

Drawing not to scale

MRS51 • 104 CR
Section 10.29 In2
Nominal weight 104.00 Lb/Yd
Ix 29.84 In4
Iy 8.55 In4
Ix/V 10.69 In3
Iy/V 3.43 In3

Acc. to ASTM A759-10 (2016)

www.gantrex.com GSUS-EN 2018-10 R2.0

In USA, contact GANTREX Inc. – 1-800-242-6873 – [email protected]


In Canada, contact GANTREX Canada Inc. – 1-800-884-5960 – [email protected]
105 CR • MRS52

Drawing not to scale

MRS52 • 105 CR
Section 10.30 In2
Nominal weight 105.00 Lb/Yd
Ix 34.41 In4
Iy 8.65 In4
Ix/V 12.39 In3
Iy/V 14.28 In3

Acc. to AM Specifications
.

www.gantrex.com GSUS-EN 2018-09 R1.0

In USA, contact GANTREX Inc. – 1-800-242-6873 – [email protected]


In Canada, contact GANTREX Canada Inc. – 1-800-884-5960 – [email protected]
135 CR • MRS67

Drawing not to scale

MRS67 • 135 CR
Section 13.32 In2
Nominal weight 135.00 Lb/Yd
Ix 50.59 In4
Iy 12.08 In4
Ix/V 17.20 In3
Iy/V 18.02 In3

Acc. to ASTM A759-10 (2016)

www.gantrex.com GSUS-EN 2018-10 R2.0

In USA, contact GANTREX Inc. – 1-800-242-6873 – [email protected]


In Canada, contact GANTREX Canada Inc. – 1-800-884-5960 – [email protected]
171 CR • MRS85

Drawing not to scale

MRS85 • 171 CR
Section 16.81 In2
Nominal weight 171.00 Lb/Yd
Ix 73.40 In4
Iy 23.81 In4
Ix/V 24.51 In3
Iy/V 24.42 In3

Acc. to ASTM A759-10 (2016)

www.gantrex.com GSUS-EN 2018-10 R2.0

In USA, contact GANTREX Inc. – 1-800-242-6873 – [email protected]


In Canada, contact GANTREX Canada Inc. – 1-800-884-5960 – [email protected]
175 CR • MRS87B

Drawing not to scale

MRS87B • 175 CR
Section 17.12 In2
Nominal weight 175.00 Lb/Yd
Ix 70.22 In4
Iy 21.65 In4
Ix/V 23.53 In3
Iy/V 23.28 In3

Acc. to ASTM A759-10 (2016).

www.gantrex.com GSUS-EN 2018-10 R2.0

In USA, contact GANTREX Inc. – 1-800-242-6873 – [email protected]


In Canada, contact GANTREX Canada Inc. – 1-800-884-5960 – [email protected]
Crane Rails - DIN Sections

DIN A-Rail (A45-A150)*

DIN "A" type rails are rolled according to Chemical Composition (%)
the German standard DIN 536, Part 1 . Element s
Grade of Steel
"A" rails, with their wide base, low center C Mn Si (max) P (max) S (max)
of gravity and wide web, are ideal for the S700 (normal grade) 0.40 - 0.6 0.80 - 1.2 0.3 0.04 0.045
higher side thrusts produced by cranes. S900A (intermediate grade) 0.60 - 0.80 0.80 - 1.30 0.50 0.045 0.045
They are available in several sizes from
A45 to A150, where the numbers repre- Mechanical Properties
sent the width of the head in mm. Tensile St rengt h Approximat e
Grade of Steel
In the past these rails were offered in two (N/mm ) 2
Brinell Hardness
types or grades of steel, cataloged by S700 min 690 min 204
tensile strength: S700 and S900A. S900A m i n 8 8 0 m in 261
More recently, due to the progressive S1100 m i n 1 0 8 0 m in 319
increase of the vertical wheel loads of
cranes, the requirements for a rail with a (Note: S700, S900A & S1100 are sometimes referred to as 70, 90, 1100 Grade)
greater hardening surface was required.
These rails are rolled in S1100 steel
whose chemical composition and
mechanical properties are not governed Technical Data
by the DIN 536/1991 Specification. Profile Area Moment Sec. Modulus Sec. Modulus
of Inertia Head Base
B
(cm2) (cm4) (cm3) (cm3)
A45 28.2 90.0 41.5 27.0
A55 40.5 178.0 68.6 45.6
S H A65 54.9 319.0 105.4 71.3
A75 71.6 531.0 153.6 105.3
A100 94.7 856.0 203.4 161.8
P A120 127.4 1361.0 289.1 235.0
A150 191.4 4373.0 601.5 565.7

Prof ile W eight Base (P) Height (H) Head (B) W eb (S)
lb/yd kg/m inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm
A45 44.6 22.1 4.92 125 2.17 55 1.77 45 0.94 24
A55 64.1 31.8 5.91 150 2.56 65 2.17 55 1.22 31
A65 86.9 43.1 6.89 175 2.95 75 2.56 65 1.50 38
A75 113.3 56.2 7.87 200 3.35 85 2.95 75 1.77 45
A100 149.8 74.3 7.87 200 3.74 95 3.94 100 2.36 60
A120 201.6 100.0 8.66 220 4.13 105 4.72 120 2.83 72
A150 303.0 150.3 8.66 220 5.91 150 5.91 150 3.15 80

* Consult Gantrex for clips and pad selection.

TOLL FREE: 800 2 GANTREX (800) 242-6873 © GANTREX, 2008


PRINTED in U.S.A.
Web site: www.gantrex.com • Email: [email protected]
Rev. 2016-2

-1-
A45

Drawing not to scale

A45
Section 4.37 In2
Nominal weight 44.55 Lb/Yd
Ix 2.16 In4
Iy 4.08 In4
Ix/V 1.65 In3
Iy/V 1.66 In3

Acc. to DIN 536/1:1991

Note: Imperial dimensions are given as reference only. A45 rails are manufactured acc. to metric dimensions.

www.gantrex.com GSUS-EN 2018-09 R1.0

In USA, contact GANTREX Inc. – 1-800-242-6873 – [email protected]


In Canada, contact GANTREX Canada Inc. – 1-800-884-5960 – [email protected]
A55

Drawing not to scale

A55
Section 6.28 In2
Nominal weight 64.11 Lb/Yd
Ix 4.28 In4
Iy 8.09 In4
Ix/V 2.78 In3
Iy/V 2.74 In3

Acc. to DIN 536/1:1991

Note: Imperial dimensions are given as reference only. A55 rails are manufactured acc. to metric dimensions.

www.gantrex.com GSUS-EN 2018-09 R1.0

In USA, contact GANTREX Inc. – 1-800-242-6873 – [email protected]


In Canada, contact GANTREX Canada Inc. – 1-800-884-5960 – [email protected]
A65

Drawing not to scale

A65
Section 8.51 In2
Nominal weight 86.89 Lb/Yd
Ix 7.66 In4
Iy 14.61 In4
Ix/V 4.36 In3
Iy/V 4.24 In3

Acc. to DIN 536/1:1991

Note: Imperial dimensions are given as reference only. A65 rails are manufactured acc. to metric dimensions.

www.gantrex.com GSUS-EN 2018-09 R1.0

In USA, contact GANTREX Inc. – 1-800-242-6873 – [email protected]


In Canada, contact GANTREX Canada Inc. – 1-800-884-5960 – [email protected]
A75

Drawing not to scale

A75
Section 11.10 In2
Nominal weight 113.29 Lb/Yd
Ix 12.76 In4
Iy 24.29 In4
Ix/V 6.43 In3
Iy/V 6.17 In3

Acc. to DIN 536/1:1991

Note: Imperial dimensions are given as reference only. A75 rails are manufactured acc. to metric dimensions.

www.gantrex.com GSUS-EN 2018-09 R1.0

In USA, contact GANTREX Inc. – 1-800-242-6873 – [email protected]


In Canada, contact GANTREX Canada Inc. – 1-800-884-5960 – [email protected]
A100

Drawing not to scale

A100
Section 14.68 In2
Nominal weight 149.78 Lb/Yd
Ix 20.61 In4
Iy 32.31 In4
Ix/V 9.90 In3
Iy/V 8.21 In3

Acc. to DIN 536/1:1991

Note: Imperial dimensions are given as reference only. A100 rails are manufactured acc. to metric dimensions.

www.gantrex.com GSUS-EN 2018-09 R1.0

In USA, contact GANTREX Inc. – 1-800-242-6873 – [email protected]


In Canada, contact GANTREX Canada Inc. – 1-800-884-5960 – [email protected]
A120

Drawing not to scale

A120
Section 19.75 In2
Nominal weight 201.59 Lb/Yd
Ix 32.70 In4
Iy 56.50 In4
Ix/V 14.34 In3
Iy/V 13.03 In3

Acc. to DIN 536/1:1991

Note: Imperial dimensions are given as reference only. A120 rails are manufactured acc. to metric dimensions.

www.gantrex.com GSUS-EN 2018-09 R1.0

In USA, contact GANTREX Inc. – 1-800-242-6873 – [email protected]


In Canada, contact GANTREX Canada Inc. – 1-800-884-5960 – [email protected]
A150

Drawing not to scale

A150
Section 29.67 In2
Nominal weight 302.99 Lb/Yd
Ix 105.06 In4
Iy 91.42 In4
Ix/V 34.51 In3
Iy/V 21.10 In3

Acc. to DIN 536/1:1991

Note: Imperial dimensions are given as reference only. A150 rails are manufactured acc. to metric dimensions.

www.gantrex.com GSUS-EN 2018-09 R1.0

In USA, contact GANTREX Inc. – 1-800-242-6873 – [email protected]


In Canada, contact GANTREX Canada Inc. – 1-800-884-5960 – [email protected]
Crane Rails
MRS European Profiles

MRS Rail sections are rolled according to a specification by


MRS 73 - MRS 221* ArcelorMittal Steel. Some MRS sections are dimensionally equal to
US Crane Rail sizes.

For MRS 51, see US CR 104. For MRS 52, see US CR 105. For MRS 67, see US
CR 135. For MRS 85, see US CR 171. For MRS 87B, see US CR 175

B Technical Data

Profile Area Moment of Inertia Section Modulus – Head


(in2) (cm2) (in4) (cm4) (in3) (cm3)
MRS 73 14.5 93.8 63.4 2660.0 23.9 391.2
MRS 86 16.9 108.9 25.3 1052.7 13.5 221.6
MRS 87A 17.25 111.3 73.7 3048.0 24.4 400.0
S MRS 125 24.85 160.2 149.5 6225.0 41.5 681.0
H
MRS 192 37.89 244.5 132.8 5516.0 47.4 776.9
MRS 221 43.76 232.1 164.8 6862.0 50.56 828.7

Prof ile W eight Base (P) Height (H) Head (B) W eb (S)
lb/yd kg/m inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm
MRS 73 148.4 73.6 5.74 146 6.18 157.0 2.76 70 1.26 32.0
MRS 86 172.4 85.5 6.50 165.0 4.02 102.0 4.02 102.0 3.16 80.3
MRS 87A 175.0 86.8 6.00 152.4 6.00 152.4 4.00 101.6 1.37 34.9
MRS 125 252.0 125.0 7.09 180.0 7.09 180.0 4.72 120.0 1.57 40.0
MRS 192 387.1 192.0 9.02 229.0 6.19 157.2 5.51 140.0 5.05 128.3
MRS 221 446.3 221.4 8.66 220.0 6.30 160.0 8.66 220.0 5.71 145.0

* Consult Gantrex for clips and pad selection.

TOLL FREE: 800 2 GANTREX (800) 242-6873 © GANTREX, 2008


PRINTED in U.S.A.
Web site: www.gantrex.com • Email: [email protected]
Rev. 2016

- 12 -
MRS73

Drawing not to scale

MRS73
Section 14.50 In2
Nominal weight 148.40 Lb/Yd
Ix 63.91 In4
Iy 16.14 In4
Ix/V 17.77 In3
Iy/V 5.61 In3

Acc. to AM Specifications

Note: Imperial dimensions are given as reference only. MRS73 rails are manufactured acc. to metric dimensions.

www.gantrex.com GSUS-EN 2018-09 R1.0

In USA, contact GANTREX Inc. – 1-800-242-6873 – [email protected]


In Canada, contact GANTREX Canada Inc. – 1-800-884-5960 – [email protected]
MRS 86

Drawing not to scale

MRS 86
Section 16.88 In2
Nominal weight 172.40 Lb/Yd
Ix 25.29 In4
Iy 30.07 In4
Ix/V 13.52 In3
Iy/V 16.08 In3

Acc. to AM Specifications

Note: Imperial dimensions are given as reference only. MRS86 rails are manufactured acc. to metric dimensions.

www.gantrex.com GSUS-EN 2018-09 R1.0

In USA, contact GANTREX Inc. – 1-800-242-6873 – [email protected]


In Canada, contact GANTREX Canada Inc. – 1-800-884-5960 – [email protected]
MRS87A • PRI 85R

Drawing not to scale

MRS87A • PRI 85R


Section 17.25 In2
Nominal weight 175.00 Lb/Yd
Ix 73.70 In4
Iy 23.42 In4
Ix/V 24.40 In3
Iy/V 7.75 In3

Acc. to AM Specifications
Acc. to BS Specifications

Note: Imperial dimensions are given as reference only. MRS87A/PRI 85R rails are manufactured acc. to metric dimensions.

www.gantrex.com GSUS-EN 2018-09 R1.0

In USA, contact GANTREX Inc. – 1-800-242-6873 – [email protected]


In Canada, contact GANTREX Canada Inc. – 1-800-884-5960 – [email protected]
MRS125

Drawing not to scale

MRS 125
Section 24.84 In2
Nominal weight 252.00 Lb/Yd
Ix 149.56 In4
Iy 54.06 In4
Ix/V 41.55 In3
Iy/V 15.25 In3

Acc. to AM Specifications

Note: Imperial dimensions are given as reference only. MRS125 rails are manufactured acc. to metric dimensions.

www.gantrex.com GSUS-EN 2018-09 R1.0

In USA, contact GANTREX Inc. – 1-800-242-6873 – [email protected]


In Canada, contact GANTREX Canada Inc. – 1-800-884-5960 – [email protected]
  Other Rails Available From Gantrex 
33E1 
36E2 
40E1 • S41A/14 
41E1 • S41A/10 
45E3 • RN 45 
46E2 
49E1 
50E2 
50E6 • U50 
54E1 • UIC54 
54E3 
56E1 •BS11‐113A 
60E1 • UIC60 
67R1 • PH37A 
89CR 
90 ARA‐A • TR 45 
AFNOR 26 
AFNOR 30 
BS11‐50'O' 
CR100 
CR73 
 

 
ISCR100 
ISCR80 
JIS50N 
KP100 
KP120 
KP140 
KP70 
KP80 
QU120 
QU100 
QU80 
QU70 
S10 
S14 
S18 
S20 
S24 
S30 
S49 
 

 
RailLok™
clips
A big step forward
The RailLok™ clips are the latest generation
of GANTREX® soft-mount crane rail
fixing devices. They bring to the market
improved performances compared to the
previous generation of clips: they are more
steadfast, they allow shorter installation
time, they boast stronger capacities and
they feature a narrower design, providing
operational and financial savings.

Gantrex Worldwide leader


As global leader in crane track solutions, Gantrex is present in
a wide range of industries: ports, shipyards, intermodal, steel,
aluminium, mining, automotive, warehousing and more.

Whether it’s cranes traveling on rail or machinery moving on


specialty tracks, GANTREX® clips, together with the GANTREX®
pads constitute the essence of the industry-proven soft rail
fixing system. In every application that requires fixing a rail
track: all types of industrial overhead cranes and transfer cars
systems, STS and automated portal cranes, stacker-reclaimers,
loaders and unloaders for bulk material handling, automated
stacker cranes for warehouse industry plus special heavy load
applications such as retractable roofs and rocket movers.

Designed as stress resistant, their mechanical performances


have been certified and tested by worldwide renowned
laboratories for the specialized Rail Tracks Construction.

Gantrex offices, staffed with qualified and trained technical


personnel, are located on all continents and available to
provide local application support and service in all industries
and applications, to be ON TRACK. WITH YOU.
Why a new technology?

For decades, Gantrex’ soft crane rail fixing systems have been satisfactorily addressing the industry
demand for reliable, resilient, productive and technically efficient solutions to their crane rail
installations.

However, as cranes’ capacities continue to grow, duty cycles increase, speeds become faster, and at
the same time, new generation of cranes are frequently constructed with more flexible frame and less
material, as are the structure which support those cranes. Resulting vibration and oscillation of the crane
and their support buildings are more common and lead to continuous high frequency cyclic stresses
which can result in failure of both the rail support structure and the crane itself.

Moreover, and although this had been previously experienced in other industries, a major and
fundamental change specifically intervenes in the port business: cargo-handling automation becomes a
crucial issue which paves the way to the port industry of the 21st century.
The RailLok™ solution
Because the new generations of (automated) cranes need even more performing fixing devices for
their rails, Gantrex has literally rewritten the state of the art.

Principle
The RailLok™ technology improves the features of the previous generation of clips by cleverly ensuring
self-contact between the clip and rail which keeps the tightened clip bolts in tension:

• either through the double wedge with patented self-contact of inclined bolt, for weldable clips;
• or through the glide washer and the grooved upper component, for the boltable clips.

Weldable clips Boltable clips

Designed with FEA, the RailLok™ clips feature higher load resistance than the previous generation of
clips without impacting the related operational cost of a crane runway. On the opposite! Combined
with the RailLok™ pad, to form a complete RailLok™ solution, they increase the soft mount performances
of the track and can be considered in this respect as OPEX killers: a state-of-art strong and soft
mount system will prevent rail lateral movements, and thus, avoid disturbances and necessary repairs
or readjustments on the track.

Aiming at accrued profitability of crane rail


But the RailLok™ clips are also CAPEX killers, as Gantrex reduces installation time by introducing safe
impact wrenches mounting and provides a narrower design allowing financial savings in the cost of
material needed by a crane runway construction.
Product range
Two main RailLok™ clip types are available for different fixing supports: welded-base or through-bolted.
The choice of either type of clips depends on technical conditions and local requirements.
Nominal
Adjustment Max clearance
Type Model capacity
range height
range*

** When the nut is installed below support – see installation instructions leaflet
W10 15 kips 0-3/8’’ 1-1/2’’

W15 27 kips 0-1/2” 1-7/8’’

W W17 37 kips 0-3/4’’ 1-7/8’’


E
L
D W20 37.1 kips
0-9/16” 1-7/8”
A W20R 45 kips

B
L
W22 37 kips 0-3/4” 1-7/8’’
E

W25 53 kips 0-3/4” 2-3/8’’

* See technical data sheets for accurate values


W30 67.4 kips 0-3/4’’ 2-1/2”

B BG10 9-12 kips 0-3/4” 1-1/8” **


O
L
T BG15 13-17 kips 0-5/8” 1-11/32” **
A
B
L BG20 18-24 kips 0-5/8” 1-1/2” **
E
Gantrex also supplies some other specific rail fixing devices like clamps and, subject to availability,
still supplies other soft-mount clips from previous technology.

© GANTREX 2018 l Rev.2018/01/US l [email protected]

www.gantrex.com
RailLok™ Series
WELDABLE CLIPS - W10

Adjustment range

Patented

New features :

• Double wedge with patented


self-contact design of
inclined bolt
• Bolts incorporate a
“Square Shank Base”

CLIPS C max Lateral Bolt torque Maximum resistance Estimated


adjustment to lateral forces (*) weight
Inches Inches lb-ft kips lb
W10/AN 15/16 3/8 55 15 0.95
W10/BN 1-5/32 3/8 55 15 0.95
W10/CN 1-5/16 3/8 55 15 0.97
N: nose height, not compressed, adapted to the rail type (see table on next page).
(*) Higher side loads can be accepted depending on application, duty cycle and other external factors.
Contact Gantrex for confirmation of side load in your application.

Notes on next page


Full designation
W10/AN • Clip Specification
or W10/BN • Clip Selection Table
or W10/CN Upper component and nose height (N)
according to rail type and foot size (F).
Components
• Components Materials
1x Sp M12 Cl8 GAL
• Installation and Welding Instructions
- Recommended weld throat size :
1 x W10/22N
3/16”; weld leg size being then 1/4”.
or 1 x W10/25N
or 1 x W10/30N - Any low hydrogen rod suitable for use with
structural steel may be used.
1 x SSB M12x30.5 8.8 GAL

1 x W10/20

www.gantrex.com GSUS-EN 2017-09 R3.0

In USA, contact GANTREX Inc. – 1-800-242-6873 – [email protected]


In Canada, contact GANTREX Canada Inc. – 1-800-884-5960 – [email protected]
RailLok™ Series
WELDABLE CLIPS - W10

CLIP SPECIFICATION

The RailLok™ patented clips are specifically designed to facilitate correct mounting of crane rails :
• The patented design with inclined bolt ensures tight and full self-contact with the rail foot.
• Bolts with “Square Shank Base” allow the use of impact-wrenches.
• Easier installation because of the wider adjustment range.
• Compact design : fits narrow girders and soleplates, avoid interference with guide rollers.
Once installed, the clips are self-locking and self-tightening.

CLIP SELECTION TABLE


Mounting
F K H Weight
with pad without
Inches Inches Inches lb/yd
9/32” RailLok™ pad
A45 4.9 1.8 2.2 45 W10/BH W10/AJ
A55 5.9 2.2 2.6 64 W10/CJ W10/AJ
A65 6.9 2.6 2.9 87 W10/CJ W10/AI
A75 7.9 2.9 3.4 113 W10/CI W10/AH
ASCE30 3-1/8 1-11/16 3-1/8 30 W10/BI -
ASCE40 3-1/2 1-7/8 3-1/2 40 W10/BI W10/AJ
ASCE60 4-1/4 2-3/8 4-1/4 60 W10/CJ W10/AJ
ASCE80 (GX40) 5 2-1/2 5 80 W10/CJ W10/AI
ASCE85 (GX42) 5-3/16 2-9/16 5-3/16 85 W10/CJ W10/AI
105CR (MRS52) 5-3/16 2-9/16 5-3/16 105 W10/CI W10/BJ

Note : All dimensions are rounded off to serve as general guidelines only. Contact Gantrex for rail sizes not shown above and for help selecting rail pads.

COMPONENTS MATERIALS
The RailLok™ W10 is standard with a weldable forged steel lower component, a ductile cast iron upper component and vulcanize-bonded rubber nose. As
standard, the bolts and nuts are hot dip galvanized. The upper component can also be hot dip galvanized on request. Contact Gantrex for other options.

INSTALLATION AND SUGGESTED WELD INSTRUCTIONS


The lower component is welded on the support parallel to the axis of the rail and the upper component is fastened to it by means of one bolt and nut.
The recommended torque is 55 lb-ft. Electrical and pneumatic torque wrenches are allowed as long as the minimum torque of 45 lb-ft is met and the
torque does not exceed 75 lb-ft.
It is recommended the torque is regularly controlled with a calibrated torque wrench.
For most applications, the recommended weld throat size is 3/16”; the weld leg size is then 1/4”. If the pad is not used, the weld along the foot of
the rail must be adapted. Use any low hydrogen rod suitable for use with structural steel: ISO2560 type E 42 5 B 32 H5, E7018 or equivalent. For full
instructions on weld size and electrodes, refer to the data sheet “Installation and suggested weld instructions”.
Do not apply protective coating on the contact surface between upper and lower components unless accepted by Gantrex. Do not use solvents as they
may seriously damage the rubber nose.

We reserve the right to discontinue or change specifications or design at any time without prior notice and without incurring
any obligation whatsoever.
Disclaimer: for regional use only

www.gantrex.com GSUS-EN 2017-09 R3.0

In USA, contact GANTREX Inc. – 1-800-242-6873 – [email protected]


In Canada, contact GANTREX Canada Inc. – 1-800-884-5960 – [email protected]
RailLok™ Series
WELDABLE CLIPS - W15

Adjustment range

Patented

New features :

• Double wedge with patented


self-contact design of
inclined bolt
• Bolts incorporate a
“Square Shank Base”

CLIPS C max Lateral Bolt torque Maximum resistance Estimated


adjustment to lateral forces (*) weight
Inches Inches lb-ft kips lb
W15/AN 1-3/16 1/2 150 27 1.94
W15/BN 1-3/8 1/2 150 27 1.94
W15/CN 1-5/8 1/2 150 27 2.01
W15/DN 1-3/4 1/2 150 27 2.03
N: nose height, not compressed, adapted to the rail type (see table on next page).
(*) Higher side loads can be accepted depending on application, duty cycle and other external factors.
Contact Gantrex for confirmation of side load in your application.

Notes on next page


Full designation
W15/AN • Clip Specification
or W15/BN • Clip Selection Table
or W15/CN Upper component and nose height (N)
or W15/DN according to rail type and foot size (F).
Components • Components Materials
1x Sp M16 Cl8 GAL • Installation and Welding Instructions
- Recommended weld throat size :
1 x W15/28N 3/16”; weld leg size being then 9/32”.
or 1 x W15/29N - Any low hydrogen rod suitable for use with
or 1 x W15/35N structural steel may be used.
or 1 x W15/39N

1 x SSB M16x35 8.8 GAL

1 x W15/23

www.gantrex.com GSUS-EN 2017-09 R2.0

In USA, contact GANTREX Inc. – 1-800-242-6873 – [email protected]


In Canada, contact GANTREX Canada Inc. – 1-800-884-5960 – [email protected]
RailLok™ Series
WELDABLE CLIPS - W15

CLIP SPECIFICATION

The RailLok™ patented clips are specifically designed to facilitate correct mounting of crane rails :
• The patented design with inclined bolt ensures tight and full self-contact with the rail foot.
• Bolts with “Square Shank Base” allow the use of impact-wrenches.
• Easier installation because of the wider adjustment range.
• Compact design : fits narrow girders and soleplates, avoid interference with guide rollers.
Once installed, the clips are self-locking and self-tightening.

CLIP SELECTION TABLE


Mounting
F K H Weight
with pad without
Inches Inches Inches lb/yd
9/32” RailLok™ pad
A65 6.9 2.6 2.9 87 W15/BJ W15/AM
A75 7.9 2.9 3.4 113 W15/BI W15/AM
A100 7.9 3.9 3.7 150 W15/BH W15/AJ
A120 8.7 4.7 4.1 202 W15/CJ W15/BM
104CR (MRS51) 5 2-1/2 5 104 W15/CM W15/BM
105CR (MRS52) 5-3/16 2-9/16 5-3/16 105 W15/BH W15/AJ
135CR (MRS67) 5-3/16 3-7/16 5-3/4 135 W15/CM W15/BM
171CR (MRS85) 6 4.3 6 171 W15/CI W15/BJ
175CR (MRS87B) 6 4-1/4 6 175 W15/CJ W15/AI
ASCE40 3-1/2 1-7/8 3-1/2 40 W15/BM W15/AM
ASCE60 4-1/4 2-3/8 4-1/4 60 W15/BJ W15/AM
ASCE80 (GX40) 5 2-1/2 5 80 W15/BJ W15/AM
ASCE85 (GX42) 5-3/16 2-9/16 5-3/16 85 W15/BJ W15/AM

Note : All dimensions are rounded off to serve as general guidelines only. Contact Gantrex for rail sizes not shown above and for help selecting rail pads.

COMPONENTS MATERIALS
The RailLok™ W15 is standard with a weldable forged steel lower component, a ductile cast iron upper component and vulcanize-bonded rubber nose. As
standard, the bolts and nuts are hot dip galvanized. The upper component can also be hot dip galvanized on request. Contact Gantrex for other options.

INSTALLATION AND SUGGESTED WELD INSTRUCTIONS


The lower component is welded on the support parallel to the axis of the rail and the upper component is fastened to it by means of one bolt and nut.
The recommended torque is 150 lb-ft. Electrical and pneumatic torque wrenches are allowed as long as the minimum torque of 110 lb-ft is met and the
torque does not exceed 185 lb-ft.
It is recommended the torque is regularly controlled with a calibrated torque wrench.
For most applications, the recommended weld throat size is 3/16”; the weld leg size is then 9/32”. If the pad is not used, the weld along the foot of
the rail must be adapted. Use any low hydrogen rod suitable for use with structural steel: ISO2560 type E 42 5 B 32 H5, E7018 or equivalent. For full
instructions on weld size and electrodes, refer to the data sheet “Installation and suggested weld instructions”.
Do not apply protective coating on the contact surface between upper and lower components unless accepted by Gantrex. Do not use solvents as they
may seriously damage the rubber nose.

We reserve the right to discontinue or change specifications or design at any time without prior notice and without incurring
any obligation whatsoever.
Disclaimer: for regional use only

www.gantrex.com GSUS-EN 2017-09 R2.0

In USA, contact GANTREX Inc. – 1-800-242-6873 – [email protected]


In Canada, contact GANTREX Canada Inc. – 1-800-884-5960 – [email protected]
RailLok™ Series
WELDABLE CLIPS - W17

Adjustment range

Patented

New features :

• Double wedge with patented


self-contact design of
inclined bolt
• Bolts incorporate a
“Square Shank Base”

CLIPS C max Lateral Bolt torque Maximum resistance Estimated


adjustment to lateral forces (*) weight
Inches Inches lb-ft kips lb
W17/AN 1-1/4 3/4 150 37 2.54
W17/CN 1-1/2 3/4 150 37 2.54
N: nose height, not compressed, adapted to the rail type (see table on next page).
(*) Higher side loads can be accepted depending on application, duty cycle and other external factors.
Contact Gantrex for confirmation of side load in your application.

Full designation Notes on next page

• Clip Specification
W17/AN • Clip Selection Table
or W17/CN Upper component and nose height (N)
according to rail type and foot size (F).
Components • Components Materials
1x Sp M16 Cl8 GAL • Installation and Welding Instructions
- Recommended weld throat size :
1 x W17/30N 3/16”; weld leg size being then 9/32”.
or 1 x W17/34N
- Any low hydrogen rod suitable for use with
1 x SSB M16x35 8.8 GAL structural steel may be used.
1 x W17/25

www.gantrex.com GSUS-EN 2019-02 R3.0

In USA, contact GANTREX Inc. – 1-800-242-6873 – [email protected]


In Canada, contact GANTREX Canada Inc. – 1-800-884-5960 – [email protected]
RailLok™ Series
WELDABLE CLIPS - W17

CLIP SPECIFICATION

The RailLok™ patented clips are specifically designed to facilitate correct mounting of crane rails :
• The patented design with inclined bolt ensures tight and full self-contact with the rail foot.
• Bolts with “Square Shank Base” allow the use of impact-wrenches.
• Easier installation because of the wider adjustment range.
• Compact design : fits narrow girders and soleplates, avoid interference with guide rollers.
Once installed, the clips are self-locking and self-tightening.

CLIP SELECTION TABLE


Mounting
F K H Weight
with pad without
Inches Inches Inches lb/yd
9/32” RailLok™ pad
A65 6.9 2.6 2.9 87 W17/AH W17/AM
A75 7.9 2.9 3.4 113 W17/CM W17/AM
A100 7.9 3.9 3.7 150 W17/CM W17/AM
A120 8.7 4.7 4.1 202 W17/CJ W17/AJ
A150 8.7 5.9 5.9 303 W17/CI W17/AI
104CR (MRS51) 5 2-1/2 5 104 W17/CJ W17/AJ
105CR (MRS52) 5-3/16 2-9/16 5-3/16 105 W17/CM W17/AM
135CR (MRS67) 5-3/16 3-7/16 5-3/4 135 W17/CM W17/AJ
171CR (MRS85) 6 4.3 6 171 W17/CH W17/AH
175CR (MRS87B) 6 4-1/4 6 175 W17/CJ W17/AJ
MRS86 6-1/2 4 4 172 W17/CI W17/AI
MRS87A (PRI 85R) 6 7 6 175 W17/CH W17/AH

Note : All dimensions are rounded off to serve as general guidelines only. Contact Gantrex for rail sizes not shown above and for help selecting rail pads.

COMPONENTS MATERIALS
The RailLok™ W17 is standard with a weldable forged steel lower component, a ductile cast iron upper component and vulcanize-bonded rubber nose. As
standard, the bolts and nuts are hot dip galvanized. The upper component can also be hot dip galvanized on request. Contact Gantrex for other options.

INSTALLATION AND SUGGESTED WELD INSTRUCTIONS


The lower component is welded on the support parallel to the axis of the rail and the upper component is fastened to it by means of one bolt and nut.
The recommended torque is 150 lb-ft. Electrical and pneumatic torque wrenches are allowed as long as the minimum torque of 110 lb-ft is met and the
torque does not exceed 185 lb-ft.
It is recommended the torque is regularly controlled with a calibrated torque wrench.
For most applications, the recommended weld throat size is 3/16”; the weld leg size is then 9/32”. If the pad is not used, the weld along the foot of
the rail must be adapted. Use any low hydrogen rod suitable for use with structural steel: ISO2560 type E 42 5 B 32 H5, E7018 or equivalent. For full
instructions on weld size and electrodes, refer to the data sheet “Installation and suggested weld instructions”.
Do not apply protective coating on the contact surface between upper and lower components unless accepted by Gantrex. Do not use solvents as they
may seriously damage the rubber nose.

We reserve the right to discontinue or change specifications or design at any time without prior notice and without incurring
any obligation whatsoever.
Disclaimer: for regional use only

www.gantrex.com GSUS-EN 2019-02 R3.0

In USA, contact GANTREX Inc. – 1-800-242-6873 – [email protected]


In Canada, contact GANTREX Canada Inc. – 1-800-884-5960 – [email protected]
RailLok™ Series
WELDABLE CLIPS - W20

Adjustment range

Patented

New features :

• Double wedge with patented


self-contact design of
inclined bolt
• Bolts incorporate a
“Square Shank Base”

CLIPS C max Lateral Bolt torque Maximum resistance Estimated


adjustment to lateral forces (*) weight
Inches Inches lb-ft kips lb
W20/AN 1-1/4 9/16 150 37 3.03
W20/BN 1-3/8 9/16 150 37 3.07
W20/CN 1-1/2 9/16 150 37 3.11
N: nose height, not compressed, adapted to the rail type (see table on next page).
(*) Higher side loads can be accepted depending on application, duty cycle and other external factors.
Contact Gantrex for confirmation of side load in your application.

Notes on next page


Full designation
W20/AN • Clip Specification
or W20/BN • Clip Selection Table
or W20/CN Upper component and nose height (N)
according to rail type and foot size (F).
Components
• Components Materials
2x Sp M16 Cl8 GAL
• Installation and Welding Instructions
- Recommended weld throat size :
1 x W20/28N
3/16”; weld leg size being then 9/32”.
or 1 x W20/31N
or 1 x W20/35N - Any low hydrogen rod suitable for use with
structural steel may be used.
2 x SSB M16x35 8.8 GAL

1 x W20/23

www.gantrex.com GSUS-EN 2017-09 R2.0

In USA, contact GANTREX Inc. – 1-800-242-6873 – [email protected]


In Canada, contact GANTREX Canada Inc. – 1-800-884-5960 – [email protected]
RailLok™ Series
WELDABLE CLIPS - W20

CLIP SPECIFICATION

The RailLok™ patented clips are specifically designed to facilitate correct mounting of crane rails :
• The patented design with inclined bolt ensures tight and full self-contact with the rail foot.
• Bolts with “Square Shank Base” allow the use of impact-wrenches.
• Easier installation because of the wider adjustment range.
• Compact design : fits narrow girders and soleplates, avoid interference with guide rollers.
Once installed, the clips are self-locking and self-tightening.

CLIP SELECTION TABLE


Mounting
F K H Weight
with pad without
Inches Inches Inches lb/yd
9/32” RailLok™ pad
A65 6.9 2.6 2.9 87 W20/BJ W20/AM
A75 7.9 2.9 3.4 113 W20/BI W20/AM
A100 7.9 3.9 3.7 150 W20/CJ W20/AJ
A120 8.7 4.7 4.1 202 W20/CI W20/BM
A150 8.7 5.9 5.9 303 W20/CH W20/BJ
104CR (MRS51) 5 2-1/2 5 104 W20/CI W20/AI
105CR (MRS52) 5-3/16 2-9/16 5-3/16 105 W20/CJ W20/AJ
135CR (MRS67) 5-3/16 3-7/16 5-3/4 135 W20/CJ W20/AI
171CR (MRS85) 6 4.3 6 171 W20/CH ---
175CR (MRS87B) 6 4-1/4 6 175 W20/CI W20/AI
ASCE60 4-1/4 2-3/8 4-1/4 60 W20/BJ W20/AM
ASCE85 (GX42) 5-3/16 2-9/16 5-3/16 85 W20/BJ W20/AM

Note : All dimensions are rounded off to serve as general guidelines only. Contact Gantrex for rail sizes not shown above and for help selecting rail pads.

COMPONENTS MATERIALS
The RailLok™ W20 is standard with a weldable forged steel lower component, a ductile cast iron upper component and vulcanize-bonded rubber nose. As
standard, the bolts and nuts are hot dip galvanized. The upper component can also be hot dip galvanized on request. Contact Gantrex for other options.

INSTALLATION AND SUGGESTED WELD INSTRUCTIONS


The lower component is welded on the support parallel to the axis of the rail and the upper component is fastened to it by means of two bolts and nuts.
The recommended torque is 150 lb-ft. Electrical and pneumatic torque wrenches are allowed as long as the minimum torque of 110 lb-ft is met and the
torque does not exceed 185 lb-ft.
It is recommended the torque is regularly controlled with a calibrated torque wrench.
For most applications, the recommended weld throat size is 3/16”; the weld leg size is then 9/32”. If the pad is not used, the weld along the foot of
the rail must be adapted. Use any low hydrogen rod suitable for use with structural steel: ISO2560 type E 42 5 B 32 H5, E7018 or equivalent. For full
instructions on weld size and electrodes, refer to the data sheet “Installation and suggested weld instructions”.
Do not apply protective coating on the contact surface between upper and lower components unless accepted by Gantrex. Do not use solvents as they
may seriously damage the rubber nose.

We reserve the right to discontinue or change specifications or design at any time without prior notice and without incurring
any obligation whatsoever.
Disclaimer: for regional use only

www.gantrex.com GSUS-EN 2017-09 R3.0

In USA, contact GANTREX Inc. – 1-800-242-6873 – [email protected]


In Canada, contact GANTREX Canada Inc. – 1-800-884-5960 – [email protected]
RailLok™ Series
WELDABLE CLIPS - W22

Adjustment range

Patented

New features :

• Double wedge with patented


self-contact design of
inclined bolt
• Bolts incorporate a
“Square Shank Base”
• 3/4" adjustment

CLIPS C max Lateral Bolt torque Maximum resistance Estimated


adjustment to lateral forces (*) weight
Inches Inches lb-ft kips lb
W22/CN 1-1/2 3/4 150 37 3.55
N: nose height, not compressed, adapted to the rail type (see table on next page).
(*) Higher side loads can be accepted depending on application, duty cycle and other external factors.
Contact Gantrex for confirmation of side load in your application.

Note : Imperial dimensions are for reference only. RailLok™ clips are manufactured according to metric dimensions.

Notes on next page


Full designation
W22/CN • Clip Specification
• Clip Selection Table
Components
Upper component and nose height (N)
2x Sp M16 Cl8 GAL according to rail type and foot size (F).
• Components Materials
1 x W22/35N • Installation and Welding Instructions
- Recommended weld throat size :
2 x SSB M16x35 8.8 GAL
3/16”; weld leg size being then 9/32”.
- Any low hydrogen rod suitable for use with
1 x W22/23
structural steel may be used.

www.gantrex.com GSUS-EN 2018-05 R2.0

In USA, contact GANTREX Inc. – 1-800-242-6873 – [email protected]


In Canada, contact GANTREX Canada Inc. – 1-800-884-5960 – [email protected]
RailLok™ Series
WELDABLE CLIPS - W22

CLIP SPECIFICATION

The RailLok™ patented clips are specifically designed to facilitate correct mounting of crane rails :
• The patented design with inclined bolt ensures tight and full self-contact with the rail foot.
• Bolts with “Square Shank Base” allow the use of impact-wrenches.
• Easier installation because of the wider adjustment range.
• Compact design : fits narrow girders and soleplates, avoid interference with guide rollers.
Once installed, the clips are self-locking and self-tightening.

CLIP SELECTION TABLE


Mounting
F K H Weight
with pad without
Inches Inches Inches lb/yd
9/32” RailLok™ pad
A100 7.9 3.9 3.7 150 W22/CJ -
A120 8.7 4.7 4.1 202 W22/CI -
A150 8.7 5.9 5.9 303 W20/CH -
104CR (MRS51) 5 2-1/2 5 104 W22/CI -
105CR (MRS52) 5-3/16 2-9/16 5-3/16 105 W22/CJ -
135CR (MRS67) 5-3/16 3-7/16 5-3/4 135 W22/CJ -
175CR (MRS87B) 6 4-1/4 6 175 W22/CI -
Note : All dimensions are rounded off to serve as general guidelines only. Contact Gantrex for rail sizes not shown above and for help selecting rail pads.

COMPONENTS MATERIALS
The RailLok™ W22 is standard with a weldable forged steel lower component, a ductile cast iron upper component and vulcanize-bonded rubber nose. As
standard, the bolts and nuts are hot dip galvanized. The upper component can also be hot dip galvanized on request. Contact Gantrex for other options.

INSTALLATION AND SUGGESTED WELD INSTRUCTIONS


The lower component is welded on the support parallel to the axis of the rail and the upper component is fastened to it by means of two bolts and nuts.
The recommended torque is 150 lb-ft. Electrical and pneumatic torque wrenches are allowed as long as the minimum torque of 110 lb-ft is met and the
torque does not exceed 185 lb-ft.
It is recommended the torque is regularly controlled with a calibrated torque wrench.
For most applications, the recommended weld throat size is 3/16”; the weld leg size is then 9/32”. If the pad is not used, the weld along the foot of
the rail must be adapted. Use any low hydrogen rod suitable for use with structural steel: ISO2560 type E 42 5 B 32 H5, E7018 or equivalent. For full
instructions on weld size and electrodes, refer to the data sheet “Installation and suggested weld instructions”.
Do not apply protective coating on the contact surface between upper and lower components unless accepted by Gantrex. Do not use solvents as they
may seriously damage the rubber nose.

We reserve the right to discontinue or change specifications or design at any time without prior notice and without incurring
any obligation whatsoever.
Disclaimer: for regional use only

www.gantrex.com GSUS-EN 2018-05 R2.0

In USA, contact GANTREX Inc. – 1-800-242-6873 – [email protected]


In Canada, contact GANTREX Canada Inc. – 1-800-884-5960 – [email protected]
RailLok™ Series
WELDABLE CLIPS - W25

Adjustment range

Patented

New features :

• Double wedge with patented


self-contact design of
inclined bolt
• Bolts incorporate a
“Square Shank Base”

CLIPS C max Lateral Bolt torque Maximum resistance Estimated


adjustment to lateral forces (*) weight
Inches Inches lb-ft kips lb
W25/AN 1-5/16 3/4 260 53 5.73
W25/BN 1-1/2 3/4 260 53 5.78
W25/CN 1-13/16 3/4 260 53 5.93
N: nose height, not compressed, adapted to the rail type (see table on next page).
(*) Higher side loads can be accepted depending on application, duty cycle and other external factors.
Contact Gantrex for confirmation of side load in your application.

Notes on next page


Full designation
W25/AN • Clip Specification
or W25/BN • Clip Selection Table
or W25/CN Upper component and nose height (N)
according to rail type and foot size (F).
Components
• Components Materials
2x Sp M20 Cl8 GAL
• Installation and Welding Instructions
- Recommended weld throat size :
1 x W25/30N
1/4”; weld leg size being then 5/16”.
or 1 x W25/33N
or 1 x W25/41N - Any low hydrogen rod suitable for use with
structural steel may be used.
2 x SSB M20x44.5 8.8 GAL

1 x W25/26

www.gantrex.com GSUS-EN 2017-09 R3.0

In USA, contact GANTREX Inc. – 1-800-242-6873 – [email protected]


In Canada, contact GANTREX Canada Inc. – 1-800-884-5960 – [email protected]
RailLok™ Series
WELDABLE CLIPS - W25

CLIP SPECIFICATION

The RailLok™ patented clips are specifically designed to facilitate correct mounting of crane rails :
• The patented design with inclined bolt ensures tight and full self-contact with the rail foot.
• Bolts with “Square Shank Base” allow the use of impact-wrenches.
• Easier installation because of the wider adjustment range.
• Compact design : fits narrow girders and soleplates, avoid interference with guide rollers.
Once installed, the clips are self-locking and self-tightening.

CLIP SELECTION TABLE


Mounting
F K H Weight
with pad without
Inches Inches Inches lb/yd
9/32” RailLok™ pad
A75 7.9 2.9 3.4 113 W25/BJ W25/AM
A100 7.9 3.9 3.7 150 W25/BJ W25/AM
A120 8.7 4.7 4.1 202 W25/BI W25/AJ
A150 8.7 5.9 5.9 303 W25/CM W25/AI
104CR (MRS51) 5 2-1/2 5 104 W25/BI W25/AJ
105CR (MRS52) 5-3/16 2-9/16 5-3/16 105 W25/BJ W25/AM
135CR (MRS67) 5-3/16 3-7/16 5-3/4 135 W25/BI W25/AJ
171CR (MRS85) 6 4.3 6 171 W25/CM W25/AH
175CR (MRS87B) 6 4-1/4 6 175 W25/BH W25/AJ
MRS125 7.1 4.7 7.1 252 W25/CH W25/BH
MRS221 8.7 8.7 6.3 446 W25/CJ -

Note : All dimensions are rounded off to serve as general guidelines only. Contact Gantrex for rail sizes not shown above and for help selecting rail pads.

COMPONENTS MATERIALS
The RailLok™ W25 is standard with a weldable forged steel lower component, a ductile cast iron upper component and vulcanize-bonded rubber nose. As
standard, the bolts and nuts are hot dip galvanized. The upper component can also be hot dip galvanized on request. Contact Gantrex for other options.

INSTALLATION AND SUGGESTED WELD INSTRUCTIONS


The lower component is welded on the support parallel to the axis of the rail and the upper component is fastened to it by means of two bolts and nuts.
The recommended torque is 260 lb-ft. Electrical and pneumatic torque wrenches are allowed as long as the minimum torque of 205 lb-ft is met and the
torque does not exceed 370 lb-ft.
It is recommended the torque is regularly controlled with a calibrated torque wrench.
For most applications, the recommended weld throat size is 1/4”; the weld leg size is then 5/16”. If the pad is not used, the weld along the foot of
the rail must be adapted. Use any low hydrogen rod suitable for use with structural steel: ISO2560 type E 42 5 B 32 H5, E7018 or equivalent. For full
instructions on weld size and electrodes, refer to the data sheet “Installation and suggested weld instructions”.
Do not apply protective coating on the contact surface between upper and lower components unless accepted by Gantrex. Do not use solvents as they
may seriously damage the rubber nose.

We reserve the right to discontinue or change specifications or design at any time without prior notice and without incurring
any obligation whatsoever.
Disclaimer: for regional use only

www.gantrex.com GSUS-EN 2017-09 R3.0

In USA, contact GANTREX Inc. – 1-800-242-6873 – [email protected]


In Canada, contact GANTREX Canada Inc. – 1-800-884-5960 – [email protected]
RailLok™ Series
WELDABLE CLIPS - W30

Adjustment range

Patented

New features :

• Double wedge with patented


self-contact design of
inclined bolt
• Bolts incorporate a
“Square Shank Base”
• Resistance to vertical forces

CLIPS C max Lateral Bolt torque Resistance to Resistance to Estimated


adjustment lateral forces vertical forces weight
Inches Inches lb-ft kips kips lb
W30/AN 1-1/2 3/4 405 67.4 6.7 6.15
W30/BN 1-7/8 3/4 405 67.4 6.7 6.28
W30/CN 1-1/16 3/4 405 67.4 6.7 6.55
N: nose height, not compressed, adapted to the rail type (see table on next page).

Notes on next page


Full designation
W30/AN • Clip Specification
or W30/BN • Clip Selection Table
or W30/CN Upper component and nose height (N)
according to rail type and foot size (F).
Components
• Components Materials
2x Sp M22 Cl8 GAL
• Installation and Welding Instructions
- Recommended weld throat size :
1 x W30/32N
1/4”; weld leg size being then 5/16”.
or 1 x W30/42N
or 1 x W30/49N - Any low hydrogen rod suitable for use with
structural steel may be used.
2 x SSB M22x49 8.8 GAL

1 x W30/29

www.gantrex.com GSUS-EN 2017-10 R3.0

In USA, contact GANTREX Inc. – 1-800-242-6873 – [email protected]


In Canada, contact GANTREX Canada Inc. – 1-800-884-5960 – [email protected]
RailLok™ Series
WELDABLE CLIPS - W30

CLIP SPECIFICATION

The RailLok™ patented clips are specifically designed to facilitate correct mounting of crane rails :
• The patented design with inclined bolt ensures tight and full self-contact with the rail foot.
• Bolts with “Square Shank Base” allow the use of impact-wrenches.
• Easier installation because of the wider adjustment range.
• Compact design : fits narrow girders and soleplates, avoid interference with guide rollers.
Once installed, the clips are self-locking and self-tightening.

CLIP SELECTION TABLE


Mounting
F K H Weight
with pad without
Inches Inches Inches lb/yd
9/32” RailLok™ pad
A120 8.7 4.7 4.1 202 W30/BM W30/AJ
A150 8.7 5.9 5.9 303 W30/BM W30/AJ
104CR (MRS51) 5 2-1/2 5 104 W30/BM W30/AM
105CR (MRS52) 5-3/16 2-9/16 5-3/16 105 W30/AH W30/AM
135CR (MRS67) 5-3/16 3-7/16 5-3/4 135 W30/BM W30/AM
171CR (MRS85) 6 4.3 6 171 W30/BJ W30/AI
175CR (MRS87B) 6 4-1/4 6 175 W30/BM W30/AJ
MRS125 7.1 4.7 7.1 252 W30/CM W30/BM
MRS221 8.7 8.7 6.3 446 W30/BI W30/AH

Note : All dimensions are rounded off to serve as general guidelines only. Contact Gantrex for rail sizes not shown above and for help selecting rail pads.

COMPONENTS MATERIALS
The RailLok™ W30 is standard with a weldable forged steel lower component, a ductile cast iron upper component and vulcanize-bonded rubber nose. As
standard, the bolts and nuts are hot dip galvanized. The upper component can also be hot dip galvanized on request. Contact Gantrex for other options.

INSTALLATION AND SUGGESTED WELD INSTRUCTIONS


The lower component is welded on the support parallel to the axis of the rail and the upper component is fastened to it by means of two bolts and nuts.
The recommended torque is 405 lb-ft. Electrical and pneumatic torque wrenches are allowed as long as the minimum torque of 330 lb-ft is met and the
torque does not exceed 516 lb-ft.
It is recommended the torque is regularly controlled with a calibrated torque wrench.
For most applications, the recommended weld throat size is 1/4”; the weld leg size is then 5/16”. Use any low hydrogen rod suitable for use with
structural steel: ISO2560 type E 42 5 B 32 H5, E7018 or equivalent. For full instructions on weld size and electrodes, refer to the data sheet “Installation
and suggested weld instructions”.
Do not apply protective coating on the contact surface between upper and lower components unless accepted by Gantrex. Do not use solvents as they
may seriously damage the rubber nose.

We reserve the right to discontinue or change specifications or design at any time without prior notice and without incurring
any obligation whatsoever.
Disclaimer: for regional use only

www.gantrex.com GSUS-EN 2017-10 R3.0

In USA, contact GANTREX Inc. – 1-800-242-6873 – [email protected]


In Canada, contact GANTREX Canada Inc. – 1-800-884-5960 – [email protected]
RailLok™ Series
Installation and Suggested Weld Instructions - W10, W15 & W17

GENERAL CLIP INSTALLATION RECOMMENDATIONS

CLIPS A B D min S L min Z


Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches
RailLok™ W10 1/4 1-5/16 1/4 F + 1/2 F + 3-1/2
Consult
RailLok™ W15 9/32 1-3/8 9/32 F + 9/16 F + 3-15/16
Gantrex
RailLok™ W17 3/8 1-5/8 7/32 F + 13/16 F + 4-1/2

www.gantrex.com GSUS-EN 2018-03 R2.0

In USA, contact GANTREX Inc. – 1-800-242-6873 – [email protected]


In Canada, contact GANTREX Canada Inc. – 1-800-884-5960 – [email protected]
RailLok™ Series
Installation and Suggested Weld Instructions - W10, W15 & W17

INSTRUCTIONS FOR CORRECT POSITIONING AND WELDING

1. Position clip lower with gap ”A” as shown 2. Weld ensuring that the clip lower does not lift.
and tack weld in place.

Suggested welds (weld throats)


RailLok™ W10 RailLok™ W15
RailLok™ W17
Inches Inches
X Max. 5/32 Max. 3/16
Y Min. 5/32 Min. 3/16
Z Max. 5/32 Max. 3/16

Corresponding weld legs: respectively 1/4’’ and 9/32’’.

Suggested electrodes : Use any low hydrogen rod suitable for use with
«*» indicates the position of evacuation holes for zinc when galvanizing sole plates structural steel : ISO2560 type E 42 5 B 32 H5, E7018 or equivalent.

INSTALLATION RECOMMENDATIONS
The centerline of the rail must be used as the reference. Using gages is recommended.
Clips should be installed in opposing pairs. They should never be staggered.
Welding should be completed prior to pad installation, as excessive heat could damage the pad.
Do not paint between clip components unless accepted by Gantrex.
Clip spacing, distance of weld to the edge of the steel plate, as well as corrosion protection will depend on the application.
Please consult Gantrex.

RECOMMENDATIONS FOR WELDING


The lower component of the GANTREX® clips is welded to the support structure. The actual weld size is dictated by design thrust and should be specified
by the designer, who must also give comprehensive welding procedure.
Weld “Y” on the back and sides of the clip may be as large as required to accommodate the imposed side thrust and to meet governing welding code
requirements.
Welds “X” and “Z” on the side facing the rail may not exceed the indicated values. This will avoid any interference with the locating lug on the upper
component or the rail.
Weld “Z” on the side along the rail must be adapted if no pad is used: the foot of the rail may touch the weld.
If the weld size or length are reduced, the full capacity of the clip might be jeopardized, please consult Gantrex.

GSUS-EN 2018-03 R2.0

www.gantrex.com
In USA, contact GANTREX Inc. – 1-800-242-6873 – [email protected]
In Canada, contact GANTREX Canada Inc. – 1-800-884-5960 – [email protected]
RailLok™ Series
Installation and Suggested Weld Instructions - W10, W15 & W17

CLIP INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

1. Install the bolt heads in the clip lowers and 2. Install the clip upper part, and push it against the rail.
push as far as possible.

3. Install the nuts and finger tight 4. Once the clip upper part is in position, use an impact
(the washer is integrated in the nut). wrench to torque the nut, while holding the upper in place.

NEW FEATURES
The patented self-contact design of inclined bolt ensures upper component remains in contact with rail foot during installation process.
Hitting the clip upper part with a hammer is not required anymore.
Due to the special “Square Shank Base” screw head, electrical and pneumatic torque wrench is allowed and will not damage the screw.
To be sure the right torque is achieved; regular control during installation with a calibrated torque wrench is recommended.

TORQUES

CLIP Bolt Recommended torque Range


lb-ft lb-ft lb-ft
RailLok™ W10 M12 55 Min. 45 Max. 74
RailLok™ W15
M16 148 Min. 110 Max. 185
RailLok™ W17

Verification of the required hardware torque and clip adjustment should be performed within the first three months after operating start-up.

www.gantrex.com GSUS-EN 2018-03 R2.0

In USA, contact GANTREX Inc. – 1-800-242-6873 – [email protected]


In Canada, contact GANTREX Canada Inc. – 1-800-884-5960 – [email protected]
RailLok™ Series
Installation and Suggested Weld Instructions - W10, W15 & W17

CLIP
CLIP COMPONENTS
COMPONENTS

RailLok™ W10 Full designation


W10/AN
or W10/BN
or W10/CN
Components
Full designation
1x Sp M12 Cl8 GAL

1 x W10/22N
or 1 x W10/25N
or 1 x W10/30N

1 x SSB M12x30.5 8.8 GAL

1 x W10/20

RailLok™ W15 Full designation


W15/AN
or W15/BN
or W15/CN
or W15/DN
Components
1x Sp M16 Cl8 GAL

1 x W15/28N
or 1 x W15/29N
or 1 x W15/35N
or 1 x W15/39N

1 x SSB M16x35 8.8 GAL

1 x W15/23
RailLok™ W17
Full designation

W17/AN
or W17/CN

Components
1x Sp M16 Cl8 GAL
1 x W17/30N
or 1 x W17/34N
1 x SSB M16x35 8.8 GAL
1 x W17/25

COMPONENT MATERIAL
Upper Component Lower Component Pressure Block (Nose) Bolt Nut
Ductile Cast Iron Weldable Forged Synthetic Rubber
8.8 Cl.8
GJS 500-7 Steel S355J2 vulcanized
according to according to
according to according to on the upper
ISO898 ISO898
EN 1563 EN10025-2 component
Standard bolts and nuts are hot dip galvanized according to ISO1461.Upper component can be hot dip galvanized according to ISO1461 on request. Contact Gantrex for
other protective coatings.

We reserve the right to discontinue or change specifications or design at any time without prior notice and without incurring any obligation whatsoever.

Disclaimer: for regional use only

www.gantrex.com GSUS-EN 2018-03 R2.0

In USA, contact GANTREX Inc. – 1-800-242-6873 – [email protected]


In Canada, contact GANTREX Canada Inc. – 1-800-884-5960 – [email protected]
RailLok™ Series
Installation and Suggested Weld Instructions - W20 & W22

GENERAL CLIP INSTALLATION RECOMMENDATIONS

CLIPS A B D min S L min Z


Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches
RailLok™ W20 9/32 1-1/2 1/4 F + 9/16 F + 3-15/16 Consult
RailLok™ W22 3/8 1-11/16 1/4 F + 13/16 F + 4-11/16 Gantrex
Imperial dimensions are for reference only. RailLok™ clips are manufactured according to metric dimensions.

www.gantrex.com GSUS-EN 2018-05 R2.0

In USA, contact GANTREX Inc. – 1-800-242-6873 – [email protected]


In Canada, contact GANTREX Canada Inc. – 1-800-884-5960 – [email protected]
RailLok™ Series
Installation and Suggested Weld Instructions - W20 & W22

INSTRUCTIONS FOR CORRECT POSITIONING AND WELDING

1. Position clip lower with gap ”A” as shown 2. Weld ensuring that the clip lower does not lift.
and tack weld in place.

Suggested welds (weld throats)


RailLok™ W20
RailLok™ W22
Inches
X Max. 3/16
Y Min. 3/16
Z Max. 3/16

Corresponding weld legs: 9/32’’

Suggested electrodes
«*» indicates the position of evacuation holes for zinc when galvanizing sole plates
Use any low hydrogen rod suitable for use with structural steel :
ISO2560 type E 42 5 B 32 H5, E7018 or equivalent.

INSTALLATION RECOMMENDATIONS
The centerline of the rail must be used as the reference. Using gages is recommended.
Clips should be installed in opposing pairs. They should never be staggered.
Welding should be completed prior to pad installation, as excessive heat could damage the pad.
Do not paint between clip components unless accepted by Gantrex.
Clip spacing, distance of weld to the edge of the steel plate, as well as corrosion protection will depend on the application.
Please consult Gantrex.

RECOMMENDATIONS FOR WELDING


The lower component of the GANTREX® clips is welded to the support structure. The actual weld size is dictated by design thrust and should be specified
by the designer, who must also give comprehensive welding procedure.
Weld “Y” on the back and sides of the clip may be as large as required to accommodate the imposed side thrust and to meet governing welding code
requirements.
Welds “X” and “Z” on the side facing the rail may not exceed the indicated values. This will avoid any interference with the locating lug on the upper
component or the rail.
Weld “Z” on the side along the rail must be adapted if no pad is used: the foot of the rail may touch the weld.
If the weld size or length are reduced, the full capacity of the clip might be jeopardized, please consult Gantrex.

GSUS-EN 2018-05 R2.0

www.gantrex.com
In USA, contact GANTREX Inc. – 1-800-242-6873 – [email protected]
In Canada, contact GANTREX Canada Inc. – 1-800-884-5960 – [email protected]
RailLok™ Series
Installation and Suggested Weld Instructions - W20 & W22

CLIP INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

1. Install the bolt heads in the clip lowers and 2. Install the clip upper part, and push it against the rail.
push as far as possible.

3. Install the nuts and finger tight 4. Once the clip upper part is in position, use an impact
(the washer is integrated in the nut). wrench to torque the nut, while holding the upper in place.

NEW FEATURES
The patented self-contact design of inclined bolt ensures upper component remains in contact with rail foot during installation process.
Hitting the clip upper part with a hammer is not required anymore.
Due to the special “Square Shank Base” screw head, electrical and pneumatic torque wrench is allowed and will not damage the screw.
To be sure the right torque is achieved; regular control during installation with a calibrated torque wrench is recommended.

TORQUES

CLIP Bolt Recommended torque Range


lb-ft lb-ft lb-ft
RailLok™ W20
M16 150 Min. 110 Max. 185
RailLok W22™

Verification of the required hardware torque and clip adjustment should be performed within the first three months after operating start-up.

www.gantrex.com GSUS-EN 2018-05 R2.0

In USA, contact GANTREX Inc. – 1-800-242-6873 – [email protected]


In Canada, contact GANTREX Canada Inc. – 1-800-884-5960 – [email protected]
RailLok™ Series
Installation and Suggested Weld Instructions - W20 & W22

CLIP COMPONENTS

RailLok™ W20 Full designation


W20/AN
or W20/BN
or W20/CN
Components
2x Sp M16 Cl8 GAL

1 x W20/28N
or 1 x W20/31N
or 1 x W20/35N

2 x SSB M16x35 8.8 GAL

1 x W20/23

RailLok™ W22
Full designation
W22/CN
Components
2x Sp M16 Cl8 GAL

1 x W22/35N

2 x SSB M16x35 8.8 GAL

1 x W22/23

COMPONENT MATERIAL

Upper Component Lower Component Pressure Block (Nose) Bolt Nut


Ductile Cast Iron Weldable Forged Synthetic Rubber
8.8 Cl.8
GJS 500-7 Steel S355J2 vulcanized
according to according to
according to according to on the upper
ISO898 ISO898
EN 1563 EN10025-2 component

Standard bolts and nuts are hot dip galvanized according to ISO1461.
Upper component can be hot dip galvanized according to ISO1461 on request.
Contact Gantrex for other protective coatings.

We reserve the right to discontinue or change specifications or design at any time without prior notice and without incurring
any obligation whatsoever.
Disclaimer: for regional use only

www.gantrex.com GSUS-EN 2018-05 R2.0

In USA, contact GANTREX Inc. – 1-800-242-6873 – [email protected]


In Canada, contact GANTREX Canada Inc. – 1-800-884-5960 – [email protected]
RailLok™ Series
Installation and Suggested Weld Instructions - W25

GENERAL CLIP INSTALLATION RECOMMENDATIONS

CLIPS A B D min S L min Z


Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches
RailLok™ W25 9/16 2-1/8 9/32 F + 1-1/8 F + 5-7/8 Consult Gantrex

www.gantrex.com GSUS-EN 2017-10 R1.0

In USA, contact GANTREX Inc. – 1-800-242-6873 – [email protected]


In Canada, contact GANTREX Canada Inc. – 1-800-884-5960 – [email protected]
RailLok™ Series
Installation and Suggested Weld Instructions - W25

INSTRUCTIONS FOR CORRECT POSITIONING AND WELDING

1. Position clip lower with gap ”A” as shown 2. Weld ensuring that the clip lower does not lift.
and tack weld in place.

Suggested welds (weld throats)


RailLok™ W25
Inches
X Max. 1/4
Y Min. 1/4
Z Max. 1/4

Corresponding weld legs: 9/32’’

Suggested electrodes
Use any low hydrogen rod suitable for use with structural steel :
«*» indicates the position of evacuation holes for zinc when galvanizing sole plates ISO2560 type E 42 5 B 32 H5, E7018 or equivalent.

INSTALLATION RECOMMENDATIONS
The centerline of the rail must be used as the reference. Using gages is recommended.
Clips should be installed in opposing pairs. They should never be staggered.
Welding should be completed prior to pad installation, as excessive heat could damage the pad.
Do not paint between clip components unless accepted by Gantrex.
Clip spacing, distance of weld to the edge of the steel plate, as well as corrosion protection will depend on the application.
Please consult Gantrex.

RECOMMENDATIONS FOR WELDING


The lower component of the GANTREX® clips is welded to the support structure. The actual weld size is dictated by design thrust and should be specified
by the designer, who must also give comprehensive welding procedure.
Weld “Y” on the back and sides of the clip may be as large as required to accommodate the imposed side thrust and to meet governing welding code
requirements.
Welds “X” and “Z” on the side facing the rail may not exceed the indicated values. This will avoid any interference with the locating lug on the upper
component or the rail.
Weld “Z” on the side along the rail must be adapted if no pad is used: the foot of the rail may touch the weld.
If the weld size or length are reduced, the full capacity of the clip might be jeopardized, please consult Gantrex.

GSUS-EN 2017-10 R1.0

www.gantrex.com
In USA, contact GANTREX Inc. – 1-800-242-6873 – [email protected]
In Canada, contact GANTREX Canada Inc. – 1-800-884-5960 – [email protected]
RailLok™ Series
Installation and Suggested Weld Instructions - W25

CLIP INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

1. Install the bolt heads in the clip lowers and 2. Install the clip upper part, and push it against the rail.
push as far as possible.

3. Install the nuts and finger tight 4. Once the clip upper part is in position, use an impact
(the washer is integrated in the nut). wrench to torque the nut, while holding the upper in place.

NEW FEATURES
The patented self-contact design of inclined bolt ensures upper component remains in contact with rail foot during installation process.
Hitting the clip upper part with a hammer is not required anymore.
Due to the special “Square Shank Base” screw head, electrical and pneumatic torque wrench is allowed and will not damage the screw.
To be sure the right torque is achieved; regular control during installation with a calibrated torque wrench is recommended.

TORQUES

CLIP Bolt Recommended torque Range


lb-ft lb-ft lb-ft
RailLok™ W25 M20 260 Min. 202 Max. 369

Verification of the required hardware torque and clip adjustment should be performed within the first three months after operating start-up.

www.gantrex.com GSUS-EN 2017-10 R1.0

In USA, contact GANTREX Inc. – 1-800-242-6873 – [email protected]


In Canada, contact GANTREX Canada Inc. – 1-800-884-5960 – [email protected]
RailLok™ Series
Installation and Suggested Weld Instructions - W25

CLIP SPARE PARTS

RailLok™ W25 Full designation


W25/AN
or W25/BN
or W25/CN
Components
➀ 2x Sp M20 Cl8 GAL

➁ 1 x W25/30N
or 1 x W25/33N
or 1 x W25/41N

➂ 2 x SSB M20x44.5 8.8 GAL

➃ 1 x W25/26

COMPONENT MATERIAL

Upper Component Lower Component Pressure Block (Nose) Bolt Nut


Ductile Cast Iron Weldable Forged Synthetic Rubber
8.8 Cl.8
GJS 500-7 Steel S355J2 vulcanized
according to according to
according to according to on the upper
ISO898 ISO898
EN 1563 EN10025-2 component

Standard bolts and nuts are hot dip galvanized according to ISO1461.
Upper component can be hot dip galvanized according to ISO1461 on request.
Contact Gantrex for other protective coatings.

We reserve the right to discontinue or change specifications or design at any time without prior notice and without incurring
any obligation whatsoever.
Disclaimer: for regional use only

www.gantrex.com GSUS-EN 2017-10 R1.0

In USA, contact GANTREX Inc. – 1-800-242-6873 – [email protected]


In Canada, contact GANTREX Canada Inc. – 1-800-884-5960 – [email protected]
RailLok™ Series
Installation and Suggested Weld Instructions - W30

GENERAL CLIP INSTALLATION RECOMMENDATIONS

CLIPS A B D min S L min Z


Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches
RailLok™ W30 5/8 3-1/4 11/32 F + 1-1/4 F + 8-1/4 Consult Gantrex

www.gantrex.com GSUS-EN 2017-10 R0.0

In USA, contact GANTREX Inc. – 1-800-242-6873 – [email protected]


In Canada, contact GANTREX Canada Inc. – 1-800-884-5960 – [email protected]
RailLok™ Series
Installation and Suggested Weld Instructions - W30

INSTRUCTIONS FOR CORRECT POSITIONING AND WELDING

1. Position clip lower with gap ”A” as shown 2. Weld ensuring that the clip lower does not lift.
and tack weld in place.

Suggested welds (weld throats)


RailLok™ W30
Inches
X Max. 1/4
Y Min. 1/4

Corresponding weld legs: 5/16’’

Suggested electrodes
Use any low hydrogen rod suitable for use with structural steel :
ISO2560 type E 42 5 B 32 H5, E7018 or equivalent.
«*» indicates the position of evacuation holes for zinc when galvanizing sole plates

INSTALLATION RECOMMENDATIONS
The centerline of the rail must be used as the reference. Using gages is recommended.
Clips should be installed in opposing pairs. They should never be staggered.
Welding should be completed prior to pad installation, as excessive heat could damage the pad.
Do not paint between clip components unless accepted by Gantrex.
Clip spacing, distance of weld to the edge of the steel plate, as well as corrosion protection will depend on the application.
Please consult Gantrex.

RECOMMENDATIONS FOR WELDING


The lower component of the GANTREX® clips is welded to the support structure. The actual weld size is dictated by design thrust and should be specified
by the designer, who must also give comprehensive welding procedure.
Weld “Y” on the back and sides of the clip may be as large as required to accommodate the imposed side thrust and to meet governing welding code
requirements.
Weld “X” on the side facing the rail may not exceed the indicated values. This will avoid any interference with the locating lug on the upper component
or the rail.
If the weld size or length are reduced, the full capacity of the clip might be jeopardized, please consult Gantrex.

www.gantrex.com GSUS-EN 2017-10 R0.0

In USA, contact GANTREX Inc. – 1-800-242-6873 – [email protected]


In Canada, contact GANTREX Canada Inc. – 1-800-884-5960 – [email protected]
RailLok™ Series
Installation and Suggested Weld Instructions - W30

CLIP INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

1. Install the bolt heads in the clip lowers and 2. Install the clip upper part, and push it against the rail.
push as far as possible.

3. Install the nuts and finger tight 4. Once the clip upper part is in position, use an impact
(the washer is integrated in the nut). wrench to torque the nut, while holding the upper in place.

NEW FEATURES
The patented self-contact design of inclined bolt ensures upper component remains in contact with rail foot during installation process.
Hitting the clip upper part with a hammer is not required anymore.
Due to the special “Square Shank Base” screw head, electrical and pneumatic torque wrench is allowed and will not damage the screw.
To be sure the right torque is achieved; regular control during installation with a calibrated torque wrench is recommended.

TORQUES

CLIP Bolt Recommended torque Range


lb-ft lb-ft lb-ft
RailLok™ W30 M22 405 Min. 332 Max. 516

Verification of the required hardware torque and clip adjustment should be performed within the first three months after operating start-up.

www.gantrex.com GSUS-EN 2017-10 R0.0

In USA, contact GANTREX Inc. – 1-800-242-6873 – [email protected]


In Canada, contact GANTREX Canada Inc. – 1-800-884-5960 – [email protected]
RailLok™ Series
Installation and Suggested Weld Instructions - W30

CLIP SPARE PARTS

RailLok™ W30 Full designation


W30/AN
or W30/BN
or W30/CN
Components
➀ 2x Sp M22 Cl8 GAL

➁ 1 x W30/32N
or 1 x W30/42N
or 1 x W30/49N

➂ 2 x SSB M22x49 8.8 GAL

➃ 1 x W30/29

COMPONENT MATERIAL

Upper Component Lower Component Pressure Block (Nose) Bolt Nut


Ductile Cast Iron Weldable Forged Synthetic Rubber
8.8 Cl.8
GJS 500-7 Steel S355J2 vulcanized
according to according to
according to according to on the upper
ISO898 ISO898
EN 1563 EN10025-2 component

Standard bolts and nuts are hot dip galvanized according to ISO1461.
Upper component can be hot dip galvanized according to ISO1461 on request.
Contact Gantrex for other protective coatings.

We reserve the right to discontinue or change specifications or design at any time without prior notice and without incurring
any obligation whatsoever.
Disclaimer: for regional use only

www.gantrex.com GSUS-EN 2017-10 R0.0

In USA, contact GANTREX Inc. – 1-800-242-6873 – [email protected]


In Canada, contact GANTREX Canada Inc. – 1-800-884-5960 – [email protected]
RailLok™ Series
BOLTABLE grooved CLIPS - Bg10

Adjustment range

Patent Pending

New features :

• Double wedge with patented


self-contact design
• “Glide washer”
• “Grooved upper component”

CLIPS C max Lateral Bolt torque (ft-lb) Estimated


adjustment Bolt grade weight
Inches Inches A325 A490 lb
Bg10/AN 1-1/16 3/8 0.56
150 ft-lb 190 ft-lb
Bg10/BN 1-11/32 3/8 0.57
Maximum resistance to lateral forces (*) 9 kips 12 kips

N: nose height, not compressed, adapted to the rail type (see table next page).
(*) The resistance is calculated on the basis that the bolt threads are excluded from the shear plan. Higher side loads can be accepted depending on
application, duty cycle and other external factors. Lower resistance is achieved in case of lower bolt grades.
Contact Gantrex for confirmation of side load in your application.
Bolts are not included unless ordered separately.

Full designation Notes on next page

• Clip Specification
Bg10/AN
or Bg10/BN • Clip Selection Table
Upper component and nose height (N)
according to rail type and foot size (F).
Components
• Components Materials
1 x Bg10/R WASHER
• Installation and Welding Instructions

1 x Bg10/27N
or 1 x Bg10/34N CLIP

www.gantrex.com GSUS-EN 2017-10 R2.0

In USA, contact GANTREX Inc. – 1-800-242-6873 – [email protected]


In Canada, contact GANTREX Canada Inc. – 1-800-884-5960 – [email protected]
RailLok™ Series
BOLTABLE grooved CLIPS - Bg10

CLIP SPECIFICATION

The RailLok™ clips are specifically engineered to facilitate correct mounting of crane rails:
• Patent pending design to ensure tight and full self-contact with the rail foot.
• Fool-proof glide washer and grooved upper component to make proper installation easier.
• Tightening by impact wrench for faster installation process.
• Lateral adjustment for better rail installation and alignment.
Once correctly installed, the clips are self-locking and self-tightening.

CLIP SELECTION TABLE FOR EACH RAIL


Mounting
F K H Weight
with pad without
Inches Inches Inches lb/yd
9/32” RailLok™ pad
A45 4.9 1.8 2.2 45 Bg10/BJ Bg10/AJ
A55 5.9 2.2 2.6 64 Bg10/BJ Bg10/AJ
A65 6.9 2.6 2.9 87 Bg10/BI Bg10/AI
A75 7.9 2.9 3.4 113 Bg10/BI Bg10/AI
ASCE40 3-1/2 1-7/8 3-1/2 40 Bg10/BJ Bg10/AJ
ASCE60 4-1/4 2-3/8 4-1/4 60 Bg10/BJ Bg10/AJ
ASCE80 (GX40) 5 2-1/2 5 80 Bg10/BJ Bg10/AJ
ASCE85 (GX42) 5-3/16 2-9/16 5-3/16 85 Bg10/BJ Bg10/AJ
105CR (MRS52) 5-3/16 2-9/16 5-3/16 105 Bg10/BI Bg10/AI
S20 3.23 1.73 3.94 40 Bg10/BJ Bg10/AJ
S30 4.25 2.37 4.25 60 Bg10/BJ Bg10/AJ
S41E1 (S41A/10) 4.92 2.64 5.43 83 Bg10/BJ Bg10/AJ
49E1 4.92 2.64 5.87 99 Bg10/BI Bg10/AI
54E1 (UIC 54) 5.51 2.76 6.26 110 Bg10/BI Bg10/AI
60E1 (UIC 60) 5.91 2.83 6.77 121 Bg10/BI Bg10/Ai

Note : All dimensions are rounded off to serve as general guidelines only. Contact Gantrex for rail sizes not shown above and for help selecting rail pads.

COMPONENTS MATERIALS
The RailLok™ Bg10 is standard with hot dip galvanized ductile cast iron components and vulcanize-bonded rubber nose.
Contact Gantrex for other options.

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

Make sure to choose the adequate bolt grade to achieve the clip side load resistance : Grade A325 for 9 kips and Grade A490 for 12 kips.
The main component is first positioned on the bolt against the rail and the special washer is then positioned on the main component with its heel into
the slot of the clip. The nut is hand tightened. Once the main component is in position, use an electrical or pneumatic wrench to torque the nut.
For most applications, use bolts complying with ISO 4014 (DIN 931) or ISO 4017 (DIN 933) and the corresponding nuts and washers.
For full instructions on the use of RailLok™ boltable clips, refer to the data sheet “Installation Instructions”.
Do not apply protective coating on the contact surface between components and support unless accepted by Gantrex. Do not use solvents as they may
seriously damage the rubber nose.

We reserve the right to discontinue or change specifications or design at any time without prior notice and without incurring
any obligation whatsoever.

www.gantrex.com GSUS-EN 2017-10 R2.0

In USA, contact GANTREX Inc. – 1-800-242-6873 – [email protected]


In Canada, contact GANTREX Canada Inc. – 1-800-884-5960 – [email protected]
RailLok™ Series
BOLTABLE grooved CLIPS - Bg15

Adjustment range

Patent Pending

New features :

• Double wedge with patented


self-contact design
• “Glide washer”
• “Grooved upper component”

CLIPS C max Lateral Bolt torque (ft-lb) Estimated


adjustment Bolt grade weight
Inches Inches A325 A490 lb
Bg15/AN 1-1/8 5/8 0.83
Bg15/BN 1-3/8 5/8 330 ft-lb 420 ft-lb 0.85
Bg15/CN 1-9/16 5/8 0.88
Maximum resistance to lateral forces (*) 13 kips 17 kips

N: nose height, not compressed, adapted to the rail type (see table next page).
(*) The resistance is calculated on the basis that the bolt threads are excluded from the shear plan. Higher side loads can be accepted depending on
application, duty cycle and other external factors. Lower resistance is achieved in case of lower bolt grades.
Contact Gantrex for confirmation of side load in your application.
Bolts are not included unless ordered separately.

Notes on next page


Full designation

Bg15/AN • Clip Specification


or Bg15/BN • Clip Selection Table
or Bg15/CN Upper component and nose height (N)
according to rail type and foot size (F).
Components
• Components Materials
1 x Bg15/R WASHER
• Installation and Welding Instructions

1 x Bg15/28N
or 1 x Bg15/35N CLIP
or 1 x Bg15/40N

www.gantrex.com GSUS-EN 2017-10 R3.0

In USA, contact GANTREX Inc. – 1-800-242-6873 – [email protected]


In Canada, contact GANTREX Canada Inc. – 1-800-884-5960 – [email protected]
RailLok™ Series
BOLTABLE grooved CLIPS - Bg15

CLIP SPECIFICATION

The RailLok™ clips are specifically engineered to facilitate correct mounting of crane rails:
• Patent pending design to ensure tight and full self-contact with the rail foot.
• Fool-proof glide washer and grooved upper component to make proper installation easier.
• Tightening by impact wrench for faster installation process.
• Lateral adjustment for better rail installation and alignment.
Once correctly installed, the clips are self-locking and self-tightening.

CLIP SELECTION TABLE FOR EACH RAIL


Mounting
F K H Weight
with pad without
Inches Inches Inches lb/yd
9/32” RailLok™ pad
A65 6.9 2.6 2.9 87 Bg15/BJ Bg15/AJ
A75 7.9 2.9 3.4 113 Bg15/BJ Bg15/AJ
A100 7.9 3.9 3.7 150 Bg15/BI Bg15/AI
A120 8.7 4.7 4.1 202 Bg15/CJ Bg15/BM
ASCE60 4-1/4 2-3/8 4-1/4 60 Bg15/BJ Bg15/AJ
ASCE80 (GX40) 5 2-1/2 5 80 Bg15/BJ Bg15/AJ
ASCE85 (GX42) 5-3/16 2-9/16 5-3/16 85 Bg15/BJ Bg10/AJ
CR73 5.5 3.9 5.3 148 Bg15/CJ Bg15/BM
CR100 6.1 4.7 5.9 202 Bg15/CH Bg15/BI
104CR (MRS51) 5 2-1/2 5 104 Bg15/CJ Bg15/BM
105CR (MRS52) 5-3/16 2-9/16 5-3/16 105 Bg15/BI Bg15/AI
135CR (MRS67) 5-3/4 3-7/16 5-3/4 135 Bg15/CJ Bg15/BM
171CR (MRS85) 6 4.3 6 171 Bg15/CI Bg15/BJ
175CR (MRS87B) 6 4-1/4 6 175 Bg15/CJ Bg15/BM
MRS87A (PRI 85R) 6 4 6 175 Bg15/CI Bg15/BJ
Note : All dimensions are rounded off to serve as general guidelines only. Contact Gantrex for rail sizes not shown above and for help selecting rail pads.

COMPONENTS MATERIALS
The RailLok™ Bg15 is standard with hot dip galvanized ductile cast iron components and vulcanize-bonded rubber nose.
Contact Gantrex for other options.

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

Make sure to choose the adequate bolt grade to achieve the clip side load resistance : Grade A325 for 13 kips and Grade A490 for 17 kips.
The main component is first positioned on the bolt against the rail and the special washer is then positioned on the main component with its heel into
the slot of the clip. The nut is hand tightened. Once the main component is in position, use an electrical or pneumatic wrench to torque the nut.
For most applications, use bolts complying with ISO 4014 (DIN 931) or ISO 4017 (DIN 933) and the corresponding nuts and washers.
For full instructions on the use of RailLok™ boltable clips, refer to the data sheet “Installation Instructions”.
Do not apply protective coating on the contact surface between components and support unless accepted by Gantrex. Do not use solvents as they may
seriously damage the rubber nose.

We reserve the right to discontinue or change specifications or design at any time without prior notice and without incurring
any obligation whatsoever.

www.gantrex.com GSUS-EN 2017-10 R3.0

In USA, contact GANTREX Inc. – 1-800-242-6873 – [email protected]


In Canada, contact GANTREX Canada Inc. – 1-800-884-5960 – [email protected]
RailLok™ Series
BOLTABLE grooved CLIPS - Bg20

Adjustment range

Patent Pending

New features :

• Double wedge with patented


self-contact design
• “Glide washer”
• “Grooved upper component”

CLIPS C max Lateral Bolt torque (ft-lb) Estimated


adjustment Bolt grade weight
Inches Inches A325 A490 lb
Bg20/BN 1-3/8 5/8 0.98
420 ft-lb 550 ft-lb
Bg20/CN 1-9/16 5/8 1.01
Maximum resistance to lateral forces (*) 18 kips 24 kips

N: nose height, not compressed, adapted to the rail type (see table next page).
(*) The resistance is calculated on the basis that the bolt threads are excluded from the shear plan. Higher side loads can be accepted depending on
application, duty cycle and other external factors. Lower resistance is achieved in case of lower bolt grades.
Contact Gantrex for confirmation of side load in your application.
Bolts are not included unless ordered separately.

Full designation Notes on next page

• Clip Specification
Bg20/BN
or Bg20/CN • Clip Selection Table
Upper component and nose height (N)
Components according to rail type and foot size (F).
• Components Materials
1 x Bg20/R WASHER
• Installation and Welding Instructions

1 x Bg20/35N
or 1 x Bg20/40N CLIP

www.gantrex.com GSUS-EN 2017-10 R3.0

In USA, contact GANTREX Inc. – 1-800-242-6873 – [email protected]


In Canada, contact GANTREX Canada Inc. – 1-800-884-5960 – [email protected]
RailLok™ Series
BOLTABLE grooved CLIPS - Bg20

CLIP SPECIFICATION

The RailLok™ clips are specifically engineered to facilitate correct mounting of crane rails:
• Patent pending design to ensure tight and full self-contact with the rail foot.
• Fool-proof glide washer and grooved upper component to make proper installation easier.
• Tightening by impact wrench for faster installation process.
• Lateral adjustment for better rail installation and alignment.
Once correctly installed, the clips are self-locking and self-tightening.

CLIP SELECTION TABLE FOR EACH RAIL


Mounting
F K H Weight
with pad without
Inches Inches Inches lb/yd
9/32” RailLok™ pad
A75 7.9 2.9 3.4 113 Bg20/BJ -
A100 7.9 3.9 3.7 150 Bg20/BI -
A120 8.7 4.7 4.1 202 Bg20/CJ Bg20/BM
ASCE60 4-1/4 2-3/8 4-1/4 60 Bg20/BM -
ASCE80 (GX40) 5 2-1/2 5 80 Bg20/BM -
ASCE85 (GX42) 5-3/16 2-9/16 5-3/16 85 Bg20/BM -
104CR (MRS51) 5 2-1/2 5 104 Bg20/CJ Bg20/BM
105CR (MRS52) 5-3/16 2-9/16 5-3/16 105 Bg20/BI -
135CR (MRS67) 5-3/4 3-7/16 5-3/4 135 Bg20/CJ Bg20/BM
171CR (MRS85) 6 4.3 6 171 Bg20/CI Bg20/BJ
175CR (MRS87B) 6 4-1/4 6 175 Bg20/CJ Bg20/BM

Note : All dimensions are rounded off to serve as general guidelines only. Contact Gantrex for rail sizes not shown above and for help selecting rail pads.

COMPONENTS MATERIALS
The RailLok™ Bg20 is standard with hot dip galvanized ductile cast iron components and vulcanize-bonded rubber nose.
Contact Gantrex for other options.

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

Make sure to choose the adequate bolt grade to achieve the clip side load resistance: Grade A325 for 18 kips and Grade A490 for 24 kips.
The main component is first positioned on the bolt against the rail and the special washer is then positioned on the main component with its heel into
the slot of the clip. The nut is hand tightened. Once the main component is in position, use an electrical or pneumatic wrench to torque the nut.
For most applications, use bolts complying with ISO 4014 (DIN 931) or ISO 4017 (DIN 933) and the corresponding nuts and washers.
For full instructions on the use of RailLok™ boltable clips, refer to the data sheet “Installation Instructions”.
Do not apply protective coating on the contact surface between components and support unless accepted by Gantrex. Do not use solvents as they may
seriously damage the rubber nose.

We reserve the right to discontinue or change specifications or design at any time without prior notice and without incurring
any obligation whatsoever.

www.gantrex.com GSUS-EN 2017-10 R3.0

In USA, contact GANTREX Inc. – 1-800-242-6873 – [email protected]


In Canada, contact GANTREX Canada Inc. – 1-800-884-5960 – [email protected]
RailLok™ Series
Installation Instructions - Bg10, Bg15 & Bg20

GENERAL CLIP INSTALLATION RECOMMENDATIONS

CLIPS A P L min Z
Inch Inch Inch
RailLok™ Bg10 1 F+2 F+4
Consult
RailLok™ Bg15 1-3/16 F + 2-3/8 F + 5-1/16
Gantrex
RailLok™ Bg20 1-5/16 F + 2-5/8 F + 5-5/16

www.gantrex.com GSUS-EN 2018-02 R2.1

In USA, contact GANTREX Inc. – 1-800-242-6873 – [email protected]


In Canada, contact GANTREX Canada Inc. – 1-800-884-5960 – [email protected]
RailLok™ Series
Installation Instructions - Bg10, Bg15 & Bg20

INSTRUCTIONS FOR CORRECT ASSEMBLY

Suggested diameters for the holes (Inches)


RailLok™
Bg10 Bg15 Bg20
Bolt size 5/8 3/4 7/8
Advised 11/16 13/16 15/16
Maximum 3/4 7/8 1

Attention: larger holes may reduce the capacity of the clip.
1. Position holes for clips at the distance “P” as shown.
2. Bore holes at the suggested diameters.

Length of bolts - Ec values (Inches)


RailLok™
Bg10 Bg15 Bg20
Ec 3/4 7/8 15/16

RECOMMENDATIONS FOR CORRECT POSITIONING AND SUPPORT SIZE


The centerline of the rail must be used as the reference. Using gages or templates is recommended.
Clips should be installed in opposing pairs. They should never be staggered.
Do not paint between clips and support unless approved by Gantrex.
Clip spacing, distance of hole to the edge of the steel plate, as well as corrosion protection will depend on the application. Please consult Gantrex.
The GANTREX® clips must remain in contact over their entire surface with the support. The distance of the holes to the edges and the thickness of
the support itself are dictated by design thrust and should be specified by the designer, who must also provide comprehensive installation procedure.

RECOMMENDATIONS FOR CHOICE OF BOLTS AND TIGHTENING


Suggested bolts: A325 or A490; equivalent to ISO4014 or ISO 4017; and their corresponding washers and nuts. Be aware that treatment against corro-
sion can affect the strength of bolts, namely for 10.9 grades. Hot-dip galvanized bolts complying with ISO14399 can then be used.
Be advised that DIN 78 recommends that 2 threads protrude, EN 1090 minimum 1 thread, US codes requires no thread but good practice may be at
least one or two exposed threads.
Once the clip is positioned against the rail, use an electrical or pneumatic wrench to torque the nut.

If nuts are mounted on the clip, be advised that a thin-walled


socket is needed due to space limitations.

Verification of the required hardware torque and clip


adjustment should be performed within the first three
months after operation start-up.

RailLok™ Bg10 RailLok™ Bg15 RailLok™ Bg20

GSUS-EN 2018-02 R2.1

www.gantrex.com
In USA, contact GANTREX Inc. – 1-800-242-6873 – [email protected]
In Canada, contact GANTREX Canada Inc. – 1-800-884-5960 – [email protected]
RailLok™ Series
Installation Instructions - Bg10, Bg15 & Bg20

CLIP INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

OPTION 1 - Nut installed on clip OPTION 2 - Nut installed below support

1. Position bolt. Install clip on bolt and push it against the 1. Position clip and push it against the rail.
rail. Position special washer with its heel into the clip slot. Position special washer with its heel into the clip slot.

2. Install and lightly tighten nut. 2. Position bolt. Install and hand tighten nut underneath the
support (not illustrated).

FINAL STEPS

3. Use an electrical or pneumatic wrench to tighten the nut


to the required torque, while holding the clip in place.

www.gantrex.com GSUS-EN 2018-02 R2.1

In USA, contact GANTREX Inc. – 1-800-242-6873 – [email protected]


In Canada, contact GANTREX Canada Inc. – 1-800-884-5960 – [email protected]
RailLok™ Series
Installation Instructions - Bg10, Bg15 & Bg20

TORQUES
Torques for A325 Torques for A490
CLIP Bolt size
Max. Torque Max. Side Load Max. Torque Max. Side Load
Inches ft-lb kips ft-lb kips
RailLok™ Bg10 5/8 150 9 190 12
RailLok™ Bg15 3/4 330 13 420 17
RailLok™ Bg20 7/8 420 18 550 24

CONSIDERATIONS ON THE TORQUES


• To make sure the right torque is achieved, regular control during installation with a calibrated torque wrench is recommended.
• Please also refer to supplier’s instructions when using HR preloaded bolts or other high-strenght structural bolts.
• The maximum admissible torque to apply during installation may not exceed 10% of the values in the above table.
• For mounting on concrete with clips directly fastened onto the anchoring system, contact us.

CLIP COMPONENTS

RailLok™Bg10 RailLok™Bg15 RailLok™Bg20

Full designation Full designation Full designation


Bg10/AN Bg15/AN Bg20/BN
or Bg10/BN or Bg15/BN or Bg20/CN
or Bg15/CN
Components Components Components
1x Bg10/R WASHER 1x Bg15/R WASHER 1x Bg20/R WASHER

1 x Bg10/27N 1 x Bg15/28N 1 x Bg20/35N


CLIP CLIP
or 1 Full
x Bgdesignation
10/34N or 1 Full
x Bgdesignation
15/35N CLIP or 1 Full
x Bgdesignation
20/40N
or 1 x Bg15/40N

COMPONENT MATERIAL

Clip Main Component Special washer Corrosion protection Pressure Block (Nose)
Ductile Cast Iron Hot Dip Galvanized Synthetic Rubber
RailLokTM GJS 500-7 according Ductile Cast
according to vulcanized on the
Bg10, Bg15, Bg20 to EN1563 Iron
ISO 1461 main component

We reserve the right to discontinue or change specifications or design at any time without prior notice and without incurring
any obligation whatsoever.
Disclaimer: for regional use only

www.gantrex.com GSUS-EN 2018-02 R2.1

In USA, contact GANTREX Inc. – 1-800-242-6873 – [email protected]


In Canada, contact GANTREX Canada Inc. – 1-800-884-5960 – [email protected]
WELDLOK SERIES

Weldlok™ 15
Weldable Clip

SPECIFICATIONS
SPECIFICATIONS COMPONENTS
COMPONENTS
• Resistance to lateral force R max. 15 kips WELDLOK 15
Bolt torque
• Bolt torque 150 ft-lbs
150 ft-lbs 1 upper component No. 9116\12\36 or
or
Lateral adjustment,
• Lateral adjustment, total
total 1/2”
1/2” 1 cast
o1 upper component
r component No. 9116\12\31\Z
No. 9116\--\22
“N” available
• “N” available nose
noses 1/2”, 11/16”
1/2”, 11/16” and 1 fgr.
lower component
5 hex No.5/8"
capscrew, 9116\--\22
Dia. X (forged)
"
W eight
• Weight 2.1 lbs
2.1 lbs gr. 5 hex
1 A325 hexcapscrew, 5/8" Dia. X 1 3/4"
nut, 5/8" Dia.
NOTES A325 hex nut,
1 hardened 5/8" 5/8"
washer, Dia. Dia.
See “Selection Table” for “F” Dimensions. 1 hardened washer, 5/8" Dia.
See “General Specifications Weldlok Series” for additional clip
information.

-1-
GANTREX rail clip weldlok™ 15

GANTREX RAIL CLIP WELDLOK™ 15

SELECTION TABLE
RAIL SIZE F RAIL ONLY SELECTION TABLE
GANTREX PAD RAIL ON GANTREX PAD AT SPLICE BAR
RAIL SIZE
(lbs/yd) F
(in) RAIL
CLIP ONLY
PART NO. GANTREX PAD RAILCLIP
MODEL NO. ON GANTREX
PART NO. PAD AT SPLICE
CLIP PART BAR
NO.
(lbs/yd)
40 ASCE (in)
3 1/2” CLIP PART NO.
WELDLOK 15/40 MODEL NO.
85 RFS CLIP PART
WELDLOK NO.
15/40P CLIP PART NO.
40 ASCE
60 3 1/4”
4 1/2” 15/40
WELDLOK 15/60 85 RFS
105 RFS 15/40P
WELDLOK 15/60P
60 ASCE
80 4 5”
1/4” 15/60
WELDLOK 15/80 105 RFS
130 15/60P
WELDLOK 15/80P
85 ASCE 5 3/16” WELDLOK 15/85 130 RFS WELDLOK 15/85P WELDLOK 15C
104 CR 5” WELDLOK 15/104 130 RFS * (4 per joint)
105 CR 5 3/16” WELDLOK 15/105 130 RFS *
135 CR 5 3/16” WELDLOK 15/135 130 RFS *
* Not recommended. Consult GANTREX.
NOTES

1) The Weldlok™ 15 is supplied with either a forged steel or cast iron upper component and vulcanize-
bonded rubber nose. For clips with cast uppers, add a "Z" suffix to the end of the clip part number.
2) To order clips without rubber noses consult GANTREX for proper selection.
3) GANTREX clips are available to suit most rail sections. Please consult GANTREX for details if
the rail you are using does not appear in the above table.
4) GANTREX recommends that rail joints be welded wherever possible.
5) Ask GANTREX for information on low profile clips for DIN rail sections and/or side rollers.
6) Contact GANTREX for available protective coatings.

MATERIALS

Upper Component . . . . . . . . . . Forged Steel or Ductile Cast Iron


Lower Component . . . . . . . . . . Weldable Forged Steel
Pressure Block (Nose) . . . . . . Synthetic Rubber

INSTALLATION

The lower component is welded to the support parallel to the axis of the rail and the upper
component is fastened to it by means of one 5/8" diameter Grade 5 hex capscrew. For full
instructions, refer to GANTREX "Suggested Weld and Installation Instructions Weldlok 15,18,24".
Do not use cleaning fluids or protective coatings which contain ketones or similar chemicals, as they
may seriously damage the rubber nose. Do not paint rail clips without first consulting GANTREX.

For complete crane runway installation services, including rail welding, please contact:
Gantrex Crane Rail Installations, Inc. at 1-800-242-6873.

GANTREX reserves the right to discontinue or change specifications at any time without prior notice and without incurring any obligation whatsoever.

TOLL
TOLLFREE:
FREE: 800
80022GANTREX
GANTREX (800)
(800)242-6873
242-6873 © GANTREX, 2008
© GANTREX, 2003
PRINTED in U.S.A.
PRINTED IN U.S.A.
Web site: www.gantrex.com • Email: [email protected]
Web site: www.gantrex.com · Email: [email protected] Rev. 2016
Rev. 05/03
-2-
-2-
WELDLOK SERIES

Weldlok™ 20
Weldable Clip

S PECIFICATIONS
SPECIFICATIONS C OMPONENTS
COMPONENTS
• Resistance to lateral force R max. 20 kips WELDLOK 20
• B olt ttorque
Bolt orque 2 50 fft-lbs
250 t-lbs 1 upper component No.forgo.9220\20\33
9220\20\33
• L ateral a
Lateral djustment, ttotal
adjustment, otal 3 /4”
3/4” or 1 upper component No. 9220\20\36
forged No. 9220\20\36
• ““N”
N” a vailable n
available oses
noses 1 /2”, 5
1/2”, /8 ”
5/8” or 1 upper component No. 9220\20\41
(forged) No. 9220\20\41
• Weight 6.23
5.1 lbslbs 1 lower
oan component
1 upper No. 9519\--\25
component (cast “Z”) No. 9220\20\
ast “Z” 5.9 lb 2
orGr. 5 hex component
1 lower capscrews No.
3/4" 9519\--\25
Dia. X 2"
CLEARANCE DIMENSIONS (ins) 2 A325 nuts 3/4" Dia.
Gr. 5 hex capscrews 3/4" Dia. X 2"
L min = F+4” 2 hardened
A325 hex structural washers 3/4" Dia.
nuts 3/4" Dia.
L min* = F+5 1/4" *(where weld “Z” is used) (2 Fhardened structural washers 3/4" Dia.
M = F/2+3 1/4" (Add a 'Z' suffix to part numbers for clips
NOTES with cast uppers.)
See “Selection Table” for “F” Dimensions.
See “General Specifications Weldlok Series” for additional clip
information.

-1-
GANTREX rail clip weldlok™ 20

GANTREX RAIL CLIP WELDLOK™ 20


SELECTION TABLE
RAIL SIZE F RAIL ONLY GANTREX
SELECTIONPAD RAIL ON GANTREX PAD
TABLE AT SPLICE BAR
(lbs/yd)
RAIL SIZE (in)
F CLIP PART
RAIL NO. GANTREX
ONLY MODEL NO.
PAD RAILCLIP PART NO. PAD
ON GANTREX CLIP
AT PART BAR
SPLICE NO.
(lbs/yd)
80 ASCE (in)
5” CLIP PART
Consult NO.
GANTREX MODEL NO.
130 RFS CLIP PART
WELDLOK NO.
20/80P CLIP PART NO.
85 ASCE 5 3/16” Consult GANTREX 130 RFS WELDLOK 20/85P
104 CR 5” WELDLOK 20/104 130 RFS WELDLOK 20/104P
105 CR 5 3/16” WELDLOK 20/105 130 RFS WELDLOK 20/105P WELDLOK 20C
135 CR 5 3/16” WELDLOK 20/135 130 RFS WELDLOK 20/135P (4 per joint)
171 CR 6” WELDLOK 20/171 150 RFS WELDLOK 20/171P
175 CR 6” WELDLOK 20/175 150 RFS WELDLOK 20/175P

NOTES
1) The Weldlok 20 features either a forged steel or cast iron upper component and vulcanize-bonded
rubber nose. (Cast iron upper components and assemblies are noted with a suffix “Z” (e.g.
Weldlok 20/135Z).
2) To order clips without rubber noses consult GANTREX for proper selection.
3) GANTREX clips are available to suit most rail sections. Please consult GANTREX for details if
your rail does not appear in the above table.
4) GANTREX recommends that rail joints be welded wherever possible.
5) If vertical clearance is a problem, 1 3/4" long bolts may be substituted for standard 2” long
bolts, in which case the overall clip height is reduced to 2 3/8”. Ask GANTREX for information on
extra low profile clips.
6) Contact GANTREX for available protective coatings.

MATERIALS
MATERIALS
Upper Component . . . . . . . . . . Forged Steel or Cast Ductile Iron
Lower
Upper Component . . . . . . . . . . Weldable Forged
Forged Steel Steel Cast Iron
or Ductile
Pressure Block (Nose)
Lower Component . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. . Synthetic
Weldable Rubber
Forged Steel
Pressure Block (Nose) . . . . . . Synthetic Rubber
INSTALLATION
The lower component is welded to the support parallel to the axis of the rail and the upper
component fastened to it by means of two 3/4" Dia. Grade 5 hex head capscrews. For full
instructions, refer to GANTREX "Suggested Weld and Installation Instructions Weldlok 10,20,32,43"
sheet. Do not use cleaning fluids or protective coatings which contain ketones or similar chemicals,
as they may seriously damage the rubber nose.

For complete crane runway installation services including rail welding, please contact:
Gantrex Crane Rail Installations, Inc. at 1-800-242-6873.

GANTREX reserves the right to discontinue or change specifications at any time without prior notice and without incurring any obligation whatsoever.

TOLL
TOLL FREE:
FREE: 800800 2 GANTREX
2 GANTREX (800)
(800) 242-6873
242-6873 © GANTREX,
© GANTREX, 2008 2003
PRINTED
PRINTED IN U.S.A.
in U.S.A.
WebWeb
site:site: www.gantrex.com
www.gantrex.com · Email:
• Email: [email protected]
[email protected] Rev. 05/03
-2- Rev. 2016

-2-
WELDLOK SERIES

Weldlok™ 24
Weldable Rail Clip

SPECIFICATIONS COMPONENTS
• Resistance to lateral force R max. 24 kips WELDLOK 24 or 24Z
• Bolt torque 250 ft-lbs 1 upper component No. 9120\15\33\xx
• Lateral adjustment, total 5/8” or 1 upper component No. 9120\15\38\xx
• “N” available noses 3/8”, 1/2”, 5/8”, 3/4" 1 lower component No. 9119\--\27 (forged)
• W eight 3.7 lbs
1 Gr. 5 hex capscrew, 3/4" Dia. X 2"
NOTES 1 A325 hex nut, 3/4" Dia.
See “Selection Table” for “F” Dimensions. 1 hardened structural washer, 3/4" Dia.
- See “General Specifications Weldlok Series” for additional clip
information.

1-

-1-
G
GANTREX rail clip weldlok™ 24

CLIP & PAD SELEcTION TABLE


RAIL SIZE F RAIL ONLY GANTREX pAD RAIL ON GANTREX pAD AT SpLIcE BAR
(lb/yd) (In) cLIp pART NO. MODEL NO. cLIp pART NO. cLIp pART NO.
60 ASCE 4 1/4" Consult GANTREX 105 RFS WELDLOK 24/60P
80 ASCE 5” WELDLOK 24/80 130 RFS WELDLOK 24/80P
85 ASCE 5 3/16” WELDLOK 24/85 130 RFS WELDLOK 24/85P
104 CR 5” WELDLOK 24/104 130 RFS WELDLOK 24/104P WELDLOK 24C
105 CR 5 3/16” WELDLOK 24/105 130 RFS WELDLOK 24/105P (4 per joint)
135 CR 5 3/16” WELDLOK 24/135 130 RFS WELDLOK 24/135P
171 CR 6” WELDLOK 24/171 150 RFS WELDLOK 24/171P
175 CR 6” WELDLOK 24/175 SELECTION 150 RFS TABLE WELDLOK 24/175P
RAIL SIZE F RAIL ONLY GANTREX PAD RAIL ON GANTREX PAD AT SPLICE BAR
See "General Specification Weldlok Series” for general information.
(lbs/yd) (In) CLIP PART NO. MODEL NO. CLIP PART NO. CLIP PART NO.
NOTESA100 7.87” WELDLOK 18/A100 200RBS WELDLOK 18/A100P WELDLOK 18C
A1201) The8.66” WELDLOK
Weldlok 24 features 18/A120 220RBS
a weldable forged steel lowerWELDLOK 18/A120P
and either a (4 per
forged steel or cast ironjoint)
(Z) upper
See specification “Weldlok and
component Clip vulcanize-bonded
Series” for general information.
rubber nose. (For example, Weldlok 24/135 or Weldlok 24/135Z).
2) To order clips without rubber noses consult GANTREX for proper selection.
NOTES
3) GANTREX clips are available to suit most rail sections. Please consult GANTREX for details if
1) The Weldlok 18 is standard with a forged steel upper component and vulcanize-bonded rubber
your rail does not appear in the above table.
nose.
4) GANTREX recommends that rail joints be welded wherever possible.
2) To order clips without rubber noses consult GANTREX for proper selection.
5) If vertical clearance is a problem, 1 3/4" long bolts may be substituted for standard 2” long
3) GANTREX clips are available to suit most rail sections. Please consult GANTREX for details if
bolts, which reduces the overall clip height to 2 3/8”. Ask GANTREX for information on
your rail does not appear in the above table.
lower profile clips, or refer to Weldlok 18 Product Data Sheets.
4) GANTREX recommends that rail joints be welded wherever possible.
6) Ask
5) Narrower lower components
GANTREX for information(Weldlok
on extra 10low
andprofile
Weldlok 20 ) are available for special applications.
clips.
Consult GANTREX for details, or refer to Weldlok
6) Narrow lower components (Weldlok 10 Series and Weldlok 10 or 20 Product Data
20 Series) areSheets.
available for special
7) applications.
Contact GANTREXConsultfor available protective
GANTREX for details,coatings.
or refer to Weldlok 10 or 20 Series literature sheets.
7) Contact GANTREX for available protective coatings.

MATERIALS
Uppe
onent . . . . . . . . . . Weldable Forged Steel
Upper
Pressure Component . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. . Synthetic
Block (Nose) Forged Steel or Ductile Cast Iron
Rubber
Lower Component . . . . . . . . . . Weldable Forged Steel
Pressure Block (Nose) . . . . . . Synthetic Rubber
INSTALLATION
INSTALLATION
The lower component is welded to the support parallel to the axis of the rail and the upper
The lower component
component fastened toisitwelded to the
by means support
of one 3/4" parallel to the
Dia. Grade axishead
5 hex of thecapscrew.
rail and the
Forupper
full
component refer to GANTREX
instructions,fastened "Suggested
to it by means Weldx35mm
of one HHCS and Installation
capscrew. Instructions Weldlok
For full instructions, 15,18,24".
refer to
GANTREX
Do not use Weldlok
cleaning 15, 18or
fluids & protective
24 Series Suggested Weldcontain
coatings which and Installation
ketones orInstruction sheet. Do not
similar chemicals,
use cleaning
as they fluids or protective
may seriously damage thecoatings
rubberwhich
nose. contain ketones or similar chemicals, as they may
seriously damage the rubber nose.
For complete crane runway installation services including rail welding, please contact:
Gantrex Crane Rail Installations, Inc. at 1-800-242-6873.

GANTREX reserves the right to discontinue or change specifications at any time without prior notice and without incurring any obligation whatsoever.

TOLL FREE: 800 2 GANTREX (800) 242-6873


PRINTED IN U.S.A.
TOLL FREE: 800 2 GANTREX (800) 242-6873 © GANTREX, 2008
Rev.in12/03
PRINTED U.S.A.
Web site: www.gantrex.com • Email: [email protected]
Rev. 2016

-2-
WELDLOK SERIES

Weldlok™ 43
Weldable Rail Clip

SPECIFICATIONS COMPONENTS
• Resistance to lateral force R max. 43 kips WELDLOK 43 or 43Z Assembly includes:
• Bolt torque 250 ft-lbs (1) upper component No. 9220\20\33\xx
• Lateral adjustment, total 3/4” or (1) upper component No. 9220\20\36\xx
• “N” available noses 1/2”, 5/8” or (1) upper component No. 9220\20\41\xx
• Weight Per Assembly (Forged or Cast Upper) 7.5 lbs
(NOTE: Add a "Z" suffix to the part number for cast uppers)
and
(1) lower component No. 9219\--\25 (forged)
NOTES
(2) Gr. 5 hex capscrews, 3/4" Dia. X 2"
See “Selection Table”, next page for “F” Dimensions.
(2) A325 hex nuts, 3/4" Dia.
See “General Specifications Weldlok Series” for additional clip
information. (2) hardened structural washers, 3/4" Dia.

-1-
GANTREX RAIL CLIP WELDLOK™ 43

SELECTION TABLE
RAIL SIZE F RAIL ONLY GANTREX PAD RAIL ON GANTREX PAD AT SPLICE BAR
(LB/YD) (IN) CLIP PART NO. MODEL NO. CLIP PART NO. CLIP PART NO.
85 ASCE 5 3/16” Consult GANTREX 130 RFS WELDLOK 43/85P
104 CR 5” WELDLOK 43/104 130 RFS WELDLOK 43/104P
105 CR 5 3/16” WELDLOK 43/105 130 RFS WELDLOK 43/105P WELDLOK 43C
135 CR 5 3/16” WELDLOK 43/135 130 RFS WELDLOK 43/135P (4 per joint)
171 CR 6” WELDLOK 43/171 150 RFS WELDLOK 43/171P
175 CR 6” WELDLOK 43/175 150 RFS WELDLOK 43/175P
See "General Specification Weldlok Series” for additional information.

NOTES
1) The Weldlok 43 features either a forged steel or cast iron upper component and hot vulcanize-bonded
rubber nose. Clips with cast iron upper components are specified by adding suffix “Z” to
the end of the part number, (e.g. Weldlok 43/135Z or Weldlok 43/135PZ).
2) To order clips without rubber noses consult GANTREX for proper selection.
3) GANTREX clips are available to suit most rail sections. Please consult GANTREX for details if
your rail does not appear in the above table.
4) GANTREX recommends that rail joints be welded wherever possible.
5) If more vertical clearance is needed, 1 3/4" long bolts may be substituted for standard 2” long
bolts, in which case the overall clip height is reduced to 2 3/8”. Ask GANTREX for information on
low profile clips, such as the Weldlok 32.
6) Narrow lower components (Weldlok 10 Series and Weldlok 20 Series) are also available.
Consult GANTREX for details, or refer to Weldlok 10 or 20 Series literature sheets.
7) Contact GANTREX for available protective coatings.
MATERIALS

Ductile
Upper Component . . . . . . . . . . Forged Steel or Cast Cast Iron
Ductile
Lower Component . . . . . . . . . . Weldable Forged Steel
PNosressure Block
Pressure Block (Nose)
(Nose) . . . . . . .Synthetic
. . Synthetic Rubber
Rubber

INSTALLATION

The lower component is welded to the support parallel to the axis of the rail and the upper
component fastened to it by means of two 3/4" Dia. Grade 5 hex head capscrews. For complete
instructions, refer to GANTREX "Weldlok 10, 20, 32 & 43 Series Suggested Weld and Installation
Instructions" sheet. Do not use cleaning fluids or protective coatings which contain ketones or similar
chemicals, as they may seriously damage the rubber nose.

For complete crane runway installation services including rail welding, please contact:
Gantrex Crane Rail Installations, Inc. at 1-800-242-6873

GANTREX reserves the right to discontinue or change specifications at any time without prior notice and without incurring any obligation whatsoever.

_________________________________________________________________
TOLL FREE: 800 2 GANTREX (800) 242-6873 © GANTREX, 2008
PRINTED IN U.S.A.
Web site: www.gantrex.com · Email: [email protected] Rev. 2016

-2-
SUGGESTED WELD AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

Weldlok™ 10, 20, 32 & 43


Weldable Clips

SUGGESTED WELD

• The lower component of the GANTREX Weldlok Series clip is welded to the support structure. The weld size in the
V-shaped recess on the side facing the rail, must not exceed 3/16”. This will avoid any interference with the locating
lug on the upper component. Welds on the back and sides of the clip may be as large as required to accommodate
the imposed side thrust and to meet governing welding code requirements.

• The following are welds suggested by GANTREX. The actual weld size (which is dictated by design thrust) and the
welding procedure should be specified by the designer.

SIDE THRUST CAPACITY (LB/Clip)


WELD SIZE
WELDLOK 10 WELDLOK 20 WELDLOK 32 WELDLOK 43
X+Y 3/16” 10,000 7,500 10,200 10,200
X+Y+Z 3/16” 13,000 12,000 22,000 22,000

• WELDLOK 10 SERIES - The maximum side thrust capacity of 17,000* LB can be obtained by increasing
(Weld “Y” & “Z”) to 1/4”.

• WELDLOK 20 SERIES - The maximum side thrust capacity of 20,000* LB can be obtained by increasing
(Weld “Y” & “Z”) to 3/8”.

• WELDLOK 32 SERIES - The maximum side thrust capacity of 32,000* LB can be obtained by increasing
(Weld “Y” & “Z”) to 1/4”.

• WELDLOK 43 SERIES - The maximum side thrust capacity of 43,000* LB can be obtained by increasing
(Weld “Y” & “Z”) to 3/8”.

NOTE: Side thrust capacities shown above are based on allowable weld stress of 15,000 psi for up to 100,000 full load
cycles. AISC requires a reduction for up to 500,000 cycles and a further reduction for up to 2,000,000 cycles.

For installation assistance, technical supervision or on site service, contact:

-1-
SUGGESTED WELD AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS WELDLOK™ 10, 20, 32 & 43 RAIL CLIPS

“A”
TORQUE
CLIP BOLT DIMENSION
ft lbs
(ins)
WELDLOK 10 1/2” Dia Gr 5 75 1/4"
WELDLOK 20 3/4” Dia Gr 5 250 7/16”
WELDLOK 32 M20 HHCS x 35 180 7/16”
WELDLOK 43 3/4” Dia Gr 5 250 7/16”

• The correct bolt assembly consists of a Grade 5 hex head capscrew with A325 structural nut and washer.
• The correct bolt assembly for the Weldlok 32 consists of a modified M20 HHCS x 35mm screw with a 20 mm jam nut
and 3/4” hardened structural washer.
• Weld rod: any low hydrogen rod suitable for use with structural steel may be used. Typical designations include E7018.
• Clips should be installed in opposing pairs. They should NEVER be staggered.
• For new installations the lower component should be welded in the fabrication facility (steps 1 and 2).
• Welding should be completed prior to pad installation, as excessive heat could damage the pad.
• Painting the lower component may reduce side thrust capacity. Consult GANTREX for additional information.

It is imperative that the clips be adjusted to ensure ZERO lateral rail float as shown in Figure 6. Improper
adjustment will cause pad failure. Verification of the required hardware torque and clip upper adjustment
should be performed within the first three months of running operation.
For clarification on any of the above or for more comprehensive suggestions on repair or rerail projects, consult GANTREX.
GANTREX reserves the right to discontinue or change specifications at any time without prior notice and without incurring any obligation whatsoever.

TOLL FREE: 800 2 GANTREX (800) 242-6873 © GANTREX, 2008


PRINTED in U.S.A.
Web site: www.gantrex.com • Email: [email protected]
Rev. 2016

-2-
SUGGESTED WELD AND INSTALLATION WELDLOK
INSTRUCTIONS
SERIES

Weldlok™ 15, 18 & 24


SUGGESTED WELD AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

Weldlok™ 15, 18 & 24


Weldable Clips
weldable clips
SUGGESTED WELD

• The lower component of the GANTREX Weldlok Series clip is welded to the support structure. The weld size on the
side facing the rail must not exceed 3/16”. This will avoid any interference with the locating lug on the upper
component. Welds on the back and sides of the clip may be as large as required to accommodate the imposed side
thrust and to meet governing welding code requirements.

• The following are welds suggested by GANTREX. The actual weld size (which is dictated by design thrust) and the
welding procedure should be specified by the designer.

SIDE THRUST CApACITY (LBClip)


WELD SIZE
WELDLOK 15 WELDLOK 18 WELDLOK 24
X+Y 3/16” 5,900 9,900 9,900
X+Y+Z 3/16” 8,000 14,600 14,600

• The suggested weld is along the front of the clip and along the back: Weld “X” and Weld “Y”.

• Completing the weld along both sides of the clip, Weld “Z”, brings the side thrust capacity to
the values stated in the table above.

• WELDLOK 15 SERIES - The maximum side thrust capacity of 15,000* LB can be obtained by
increasing Weld “Y” & “Z” to 3/8”.

• WELDLOK 18 SERIES - The maximum side thrust capacity of 18,000* LB can be obtained by
increasing Weld “Y” & “Z” to 5/16”.

• WELDLOK 24 SERIES - The maximum side thrust capacity of 24,000* LB can be obtained by
increasing Weld “Y” & “Z” to 3/8”.

* Limited by the side thrust capacity of the clip.


-1-
NOTE: Side thrust capacities shown above are based on allowable weld stress of 15,si for up to 100,000 full load
cycles. AISC requires a reduction for up to 500,000 cycles and a further reduction for up to 2,000,000 cycles.

-1-
SUGGESTED WELD AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Weldlok™ 15, 18 & 24 rail clips

SUGGESTED WELD AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS WELDLOK™ 15,

“A”
TORQUE
CLIp BOLT DIMENSION
ft lbs
(ins)
WELDLOK 15 5/8” Dia Gr 5 150 5/16
WELDLOK 18 M20 HHCS x 35 180 3/8
WELDLOK 24 3/4” Dia Gr 5 250 3/8

• The correct bolt assembly consists of a Grade 5 hex head capscrew with A325 structural nut and washer.
• The correct bolt assembly for the Weldlok 18 consists of a modified M20 HHCS x 35mm screw with a 20 mm jam nut
and 3/4” hardened structural washer.
• Weld rod: any low hydrogen rod suitable for use with structural steel may be used. Typical designations include E7018.
• Clips MUST be installed in opposing pairs. They should NEVER be staggered.
• For new installations the lower component should be welded in the fabrication facility (steps 1 and 2).
• Welding should be completed prior to pad installation, as excessive heat could damage the pad.
• Painting the lower component may reduce side thrust capacity. Consult GANTREX for additional information.

It is imperative that the clips be adjusted to ensure ZERO lateral rail float as shown in Figure 6. Improper
adjustment will cause pad failure. Verification of the required hardware torque and clip upper adjustment
should be performed within the first three months of running operation.

For clarification on any of the above or for more comprehensive suggestions on repair or rerail projects, consult GANTREX.
GANTREX reserves the right to discontinue or change specifications at any time without prior notice and without incurring any obligation whatsoever.

TOLLFREE:
TOLL FREE:800
8002 2GANTREX
GANTREX (800)
(800)242-6873
242-6873
© GANTREX,
PRINTED 2008
IN U.S.A.
PRINTED in U.S.A.
Web site: www.gantrex.com • Email: [email protected] Rev. 12/03
Rev. 2016

-2-
®
STELCAM SERIES

Stelcam® 4
Boltable Clip

SPECIFICATIONS
SPECIFICATIONS COMPONENTS
COMPONENTS
TYPE OF 1/2” BOLT 1 Clip 5112\10\30
A307 or Welded Stud A325 1 Self locking Cam 5112\10
• Resistance to lateral force R max
max* 2 kips 46 kips 1 Clip 5112\10\30
with threads included
excludedininshear
shearplane
plane 1 Self locking Cam 5112\10
• Bolt
Bolt torque
torque 40
40 ft-lbs
ft-lbs 80
80 ft-lbs
ft-lbs
• Lateral
Lateral adjustment,
adjustment, total
total 3/8”
3/8”
• “N”
“N” available
available noses
noses 5/16”,
5/16”, 3/8”,
3/8”, 9/16”,
9/16”, 11/16”
11/16”
• Weight
W eight 0.6
0.6 lbs
lbs
NOTES
See “Selection Table” for “F” Dimensions.
See “General Specifications Stelcam Series” for additional clip information.
* R is calculated on the basis that the bolt threads are excluded from the shear plane.
-1-
®
GANTREX RAIL CLIP STELCAM 4

SELECTION TABLE
RAIL SIZE F RAIL ONLY GANTREX PAD RAIL ON GANTREX PAD AT SPLICE BAR
(in) CLIP PART NO. MODEL NO. CLIP PART NO. CLIP PART NO.
20 ASCE 2 5/8” Stelcam 4/20 65 RF Stelcam 4/20 P Stelcam 4C
30 ASCE 3 1/8” Stelcam 4/30 77 RFS Stelcam 4/30P (4 per joint)
40 ASCE 3 1/2” Stelcam 4/40 85 RFS Stelcam 4/40P
60 ASCE 4 1/4” Stelcam 4/60 105 RFS Consult Gantrex

NOTES
1) To order clips without rubber noses consult GANTREX for proper selection.
2) GANTREX clips are available to suit most rail sections. Please consult GANTREX for details if
your rail does not appear in the above table.
3) GANTREX recommends that rail joints be welded wherever possible.
4) Contact GANTREX for available protective coatings.

MATERIALS
Self-locking Cam . . . . . . . . . . Ductile Cast Iron
Clip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ductile Cast Iron
Pressure Block (Nose) . . . . . Synthetic Rubber

INSTALLATION

• Install clips in opposing pairs. (never stagger)


• Do not use cleaning fluids or protective coatings which contain ketones or similar chemicals, as
they may seriously damage the rubber nose.

For complete crane runway installation services including rail welding, please contact:
GANTREX CRANE RAIL INSTALLATIONS at 1-800-242-6873.
GANTREX reserves the right to discontinue or change specifications at any time without prior notice and without incurring any obligation whatsoever.

TOLL FREE: 800 2 GANTREX (800) 242-6873


Web site: www.gantrex.com · Email: [email protected] © GANTREX, 2008
PRINTED IN U.S.A.
Rev. 2016
-2-
STELCAM® SERIES

Stelcam ®9
®
STELCAM SERIES
®

StelcamClip9
Boltable
boltable clip

S PECIFICATIONS
SPECIFICATIONS C OMPONENTS
COMPONENTS
TYPE
TYPE OF
OF 5/8”
5/8” BOLT
BOLT STELCAM
STELCAM 99
A307
A307 or
or Welded
Welded Stud
Stud A325
A325 A490
A490 11 Clip
Clip 5116\10\34
5116\10\34
•• Resistance
Resistance to to lateral
lateral force
force R
R max*
max 33 kips
kips 99 kips
kips 12 kips
12 kips 11 Self
Self locking
locking Cam
Cam 5116\10
5116\10
•• B olt ttorque
Bolt orque 770
0 fft-lbs
t-lbs 1100
00 fft-lbs
t-lbs 1120
20 fft-lbs
t-lbs
•• LLateral
ateral aadjustment,
djustment, ttotal
otal 33/8”
/8”
•• ““N”
N” aavailable
vailable nnoses
oses 11/2”,
/2”, 33/4”
/4 ”
•• W eight
Weight 00.7
.7 llbs
bs
NOTES
NOTES
See
See “Selection
“Selection Table”
Table” for
for “F”
“F” Dimensions.
Dimensions.
See
See “General
“General Specifications
Specifications Stelcam
Stelcam Series”
Series” for
for additional
additional clip
clip information.
information.

* R is calculated on the basis that the bolt threads are excluded from the shear plane.
-1-

-1-
GANTREX RAIL CLIP STELCAM® 9

SELECTION TABLE
RAIL SIZE F RAIL ONLY GANTREX PAD RAIL ON GANTREX PAD AT SPLICE BAR
(in) CLIP PART NO. MODEL NO. CLIP PART NO. CLIP PART NO.
30 ASCE 3 1/8” Stelcam 9/30 77 RFS Stelcam 9/30 P
Stelcam 9C
40 ASCE 3 1/2” Stelcam 9/40 85 RFS Stelcam 9/40P
(4 per joint)
60 ASCE 4 1/4” Stelcam 9/60 105 RFS Stelcam 9/60P

NOTES
1) To order clips without rubber noses consult GANTREX for proper selection.
2) GANTREX clips are available to suit most rail sections. Please consult GANTREX for details if
your rail does not appear in the above table.
3) GANTREX recommends that rail joints be welded wherever possible.
4) Contact GANTREX for available protective coatings.

MATERIALS
Self-locking Cam . . . . . . . . . . Ductile Cast Iron
Clip Body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ductile Cast Iron, Austempered
Pressure Block (Nose) . . . . . Synthetic Rubber

INSTALLATION

• Install clips in opposing pairs. (never stagger)


• Do not use cleaning fluids or protective coatings which contain ketones or similar chemicals, as
they may seriously damage the rubber nose.

For complete crane runway installation services including rail welding, please contact:
GANTREX CRANE RAIL INSTALLATIONS at 1-800-242-6873
GANTREX reserves the right to discontinue or change specifications at any time without prior notice and without incurring any obligation whatsoever.

TOLL FREE: 800 2 GANTREX (800) 242-6873 © GANTREX, 2008


PRINTED in U.S.A.
Web site: www.gantrex.com • Email: [email protected]
Rev. 2016

-2-
STELCAM® SERIES

Stelcam ® 13
®
STELCAM ®SERIES

Stelcam 13
Boltable Clip
boltable clip

SPECIFICATIONS
SPECIFICATIONS COMPONENTS
COMPONENTS
TYPE OF 3/4” BOLT STELCAM 13
A307 or Welded Stud A325 A490 Body 5120/16/38
1 Clip 5120/16/38 made made
to
• Resistance to lateral force R max* 4 kips 13 kips 17 kips to accommodate
accommodate 3/4",
3/4", 7/8”
7/8” andand
Bolt torque
• Bolt torque 125 ft-lbs
125 ft-lbs 200 ft-lbs
200 ft-lbs 200 ft-lbs 1” hardware.
(min.**)
(min.) (min.**)
(min.)
Lateral adjustment,
• Lateral adjustment, total
total 5/8”
5/8” Self-locking
1 Self 5120/16
locking Cam, 512_/16
“N” available
• “N” available noses
noses 7/16”, 5/8”,15/16”
7/16”, 5/8”,15/16” made to accommodate 3/4"
W eight
• Weight 1.5 lbs
1.5 lbs hardware.
NOTES
Plain, No Color. Please
See “Selection Table” for “F” Dimensions. confirm bolt
indicate size whenwhen
bolt diameter
See “General Specifications Stelcam Series” for additional clip information. ordering.
* R is calculated on the basis that the bolt threads are excluded from the shear plane.
**Bolt torque shown is minimum required for clip performance. However, bolts can be
-1-
torqued to higher value to meet applicable structural codes.

-1-
GANTREX RAIL CLIP Stelcam® 13
®
GANTREX RAIL CLIP STELCAM 13

SELECTION TABLE
RAIL SIZE F RAIL ONLY GANTREX PAD RAIL ON GANTREX PAD AT SPLICE BAR
(in) CLIP PART NO. MODEL NO. CLIP PART NO. CLIP PART NO.
60 ASCE 4 1/4” Stelcam 13/60 105 RFS Stelcam 13/60 P
80 ASCE 5” Stelcam 13/80 130 RFS Stelcam 13/80P
85 ASCE 5 3/16” Stelcam 13/85 130 RFS Stelcam 13/85P Stelcam 13C
104 CR 5” Stelcam 13/104 130 RFS Stelcam 13/104P (4 per joint)
105 CR 5 3/16” Stelcam 13/105 130 RFS Stelcam 13/105P
135 CR 5 3/16” Stelcam 13/135 130 RFS Stelcam 13/135P
NOTES
1) To order clips without rubber noses consult GANTREX for proper selection.
2) GANTREX clips are available to suit most rail sections. Please consult GANTREX for details if your rail does
not appear in the above table.
3) GANTREX recommends that rail joints be welded wherever possible.
4) Contact GANTREX for available protective coatings.
MATERIALS
Self-locking Cam . . . . . . . . . . Ductile Cast Iron
Clip Body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ductile Cast Iron
Pressure Block (Nose) . . . . . Synthetic Rubber
INSTALLATION

• Install clips in opposing pairs. (never stagger)


• Do not use cleaning fluids or protective coatings which contain ketones or similar chemicals, as they may
seriously damage the rubber nose.

For complete crane runway installation services including rail welding, please contact:
GANTREX CRANE RAIL INSTALLATIONS, INC. at 1-800-242-6873
GANTREX reserves the right to discontinue or change specifications at any time without prior notice and without incurring any obligation whatsoever.

TOLL FREE: 800 2 GANTREX (800) 242-6873 © GANTREX, 2004


PRINTED IN U.S.A.
TOLL FREE:
Web 800 2 GANTREX
site: www.gantrex.com (800) 242-6873
· Email: [email protected]
-2-
© GANTREX, 2008
Rev. 01/04
PRINTED in U.S.A.
Web site: www.gantrex.com • Email: [email protected]
Rev. 2016

-2-
STELCAM® SERIES
®

Stelcam ® 17
STELCAM ®SERIES

Stelcam 17
Boltable Clip
boltable clip

SPECIFICATIONS
SPECIFICATIONS COMPONENTS
COMPONENTS
TYPE OF 7/8” BOLT STELCAM 17
A307 or Welded Stud A325 A490 Body 5120/16/38
1 Clip 5120/16/38 made made
to
• Resistance to lateral force R max* 6 kips 18 kips 24 kips to accommodate
accommodate 3/4",
3/4", 7/8”
7/8” andand
Bolt torque
• Bolt torque 200 ft-lbs
200 ft-lbs 200 ft-lbs
200 ft-lbs 200 ft-lbs 1” hardware.
(min.**)
(min.) (min.**)
(min.)
Lateral adjustment,
• Lateral adjustment, total
total 5/8”
5/8” Self-locking
1 Self 5124/16
locking Cam, 512_/16
“N” available
• “N” available noses
noses 7/16”, 5/8”,15/16”
7/16”, 5/8”,15/16” made to accommodate
drilled-out to accommodate
W eight
• Weight 1.5 lbs
1.5 lbs 7/8" hardware.
NOTES
Hex Lug of
willcam to be painted
be painted
See “Selection Table” for “F” Dimensions. confirm bolt
Yellow. Please indicate
Yellow.
See “General Specifications Stelcam Series” for additional clip information. diameter
size whenwhen ordering.
ordering.
* R is calculated on the basis that the bolt threads are excluded from the shear plane.
**Bolt torque shown is minimum required for clip performance. However, bolts can be
torqued to higher value to meet applicable structural codes.
-1-

-1-
GANTREX RAIL CLIP Stelcam® 17
®
GANTREX RAIL CLIP STELCAM 17

SELECTION TABLE
RAIL SIZE F RAIL ONLY GANTREX PAD RAIL ON GANTREX PAD AT SPLICE BAR
(in) CLIP PART NO. MODEL NO. CLIP PART NO. CLIP PART NO.
104 CR 5” Stelcam 17/104 130 RFS Stelcam 17/104P
105 CR 5 3/16” Stelcam 17/105 130 RFS Stelcam 17/105P
Stelcam 17C
135 CR 5 3/16” Stelcam 17/135 130 RFS Stelcam 17/135P
(4 per joint)
171 CR 6” Stelcam 17/171 150 RFS Stelcam 17/171P
175 CR 6” Stelcam 17/175 150 RFS Stelcam 17/175P

NOTES
1) To order clips without rubber noses consult GANTREX for proper selection.
2) GANTREX clips are available to suit most rail sections. Please consult GANTREX for details if your rail does
not appear in the above table.
3) GANTREX recommends that rail joints be welded wherever possible.
4) Contact GANTREX for available protective coatings.

MATERIALS
Self-locking Cam . . . . . . . . . . Ductile Cast Iron
Clip Body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ductile Cast Iron
Pressure Block (Nose) . . . . . Synthetic Rubber

INSTALLATION

• Install clips in opposing pairs. (never stagger)


• Do not use cleaning fluids or protective coatings which contain ketones or similar chemicals, as they may
seriously damage the rubber nose.

For complete crane runway installation services including rail welding, please contact:
GANTREX CRANE RAIL INSTALLATIONS at 1-800-242-6873
GANTREX reserves the right to discontinue or change specifications at any time without prior notice and without incurring any obligation whatsoever.

TOLL FREE: 800 2 GANTREX (800) 242-6873 © GANTREX, 2004


PRINTED IN U.S.A.
TOLL FREE:
Web 800 2 GANTREX
site: www.gantrex.com (800) 242-6873
· Email: [email protected] © GANTREX, 2008
Rev.in01/04
-2- PRINTED U.S.A.
Web site: www.gantrex.com • Email: [email protected]
Rev. 2016

-2-
STELCAM® SERIES

Stelcam ® 22
® ®
STELCAM SERIES

Stelcam
Boltable 22
Clip
boltable clip

SPECIFICATIONS
SPECIFICATIONS COMPONENTS
COMPONENTS
TYPE OF 1” BOLT STELCAM 22
A307 or Welded Stud A325 A490 Body 5120/16/38
1 Clip 5120/16/38 made made
to
• Resistance to lateral force R max* 8 kips 23 kips 31 kips to accommodate
accommodate 3/4",
3/4", 7/8”
7/8” andand
Bolt torque
• Bolt torque 200 ft-lbs
200 ft-lbs 200 ft-lbs
200 ft-lbs 200 ft-lbs 1” hardware.
(min.**)
(min.) (min.**)
(min.)
Lateral adjustment,
• Lateral adjustment, total
total 5/8”
5/8” Self-locking
1 Self 5126/16
locking Cam, 512_/16
“N” available
• “N” available noses
noses 7/16”, 5/8”,15/16”
7/16”, 5/8”,15/16” made to accommodate
drilled-out to accommodate1" 1"
W eight
• Weight 1.5 lbs
1.5 lbs hardware.
NOTES
Hex Lug of
willcam to be painted
be painted Light
See “Selection Table” for “F” Dimensions. Blue. Please confirm
Blue. Please indicatebolt
bolt
See “General Specifications Stelcam Series” for additional clip information. diameter
size whenwhen ordering.
ordering.
* R is calculated on the basis that the bolt threads are excluded from the shear plane.
**Bolt torque shown is minimum required for clip performance. However, bolts can be
-1-
torqued to higher value to meet applicable structural codes.

-1-
GANTREX RAIL CLIP Stelcam® 22
®
GANTREX RAIL CLIP STELCAM 22

SELECTION TABLE
RAIL SIZE F RAIL ONLY GANTREX PAD RAIL ON GANTREX PAD AT SPLICE BAR
(in) CLIP PART NO. MODEL NO. CLIP PART NO. CLIP PART NO.
104 CR 5” Stelcam 22/104 130 RFS Stelcam 22/104P
105 CR 5 3/16” Stelcam 22/105 130 RFS Stelcam 22/105P
Stelcam 22C
135 CR 5 3/16” Stelcam 22/135 130 RFS Stelcam 22/135P
(4 per joint)
171 CR 6” Stelcam 22/171 150 RFS Stelcam 22/171P
175 CR 6” Stelcam 22/175 150 RFS Stelcam 22/175P

NOTES
1) To order clips without rubber noses consult GANTREX for proper selection.
2) GANTREX clips are available to suit most rail sections. Please consult GANTREX for details if your rail does
not appear in the above table.
3) GANTREX recommends that rail joints be welded wherever possible.
4) Contact GANTREX for available protective coatings.

MATERIALS
Self-locking Cam . . . . . . . . . . Ductile Cast Iron
Clip Body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ductile Cast Iron
Pressure Block (Nose) . . . . . Synthetic Rubber

INSTALLATION

• Install clips in opposing pairs. (never stagger)


• Do not use cleaning fluids or protective coatings which contain ketones or similar chemicals, as they may
seriously damage the rubber nose.

For complete crane runway installation services including rail welding, please contact:
GANTREX CRANE RAIL INSTALLATIONS, INC. at 1-800-242-6873
GANTREX reserves the right to discontinue or change specifications at any time without prior notice and without incurring any obligation whatsoever.

TOLL FREE: 800 2 GANTREX (800) 242-6873 © GANTREX, 2004


PRINTED IN U.S.A.
TOLL FREE:
Web 800 2 GANTREX
site: www.gantrex.com (800) 242-6873
· Email: [email protected] © GANTREX, 2008
Rev.in01/04
PRINTED U.S.A.
-2-
Web site: www.gantrex.com • Email: [email protected]
Rev. 2016

-2-
BOLTABLE RAIL CLIP - 3226

Resistance to lateral force R max


Lateral ‘‘N’’ available
Bolt Type Bolt torque with threads excluded Weight, net ea
adjustment (total) noses
from shear plane
1’’ bolt* Inches lb-ft Inches kips lb
A307 or welded Stud 200 16
1/2’’ 3/8’’; 11/16’’; 3.79
A325 200 (min.**) 47
13/16’’
A490 200 (min.**) 63

* Also available for 3/4’’ and 7/8’’ bolts. For 3/4’’ diameter A325 bolts, derate to 26 kips lateral resistance; for 7/8’’ bolts reduce to 36 kips.
Bolts are not included unless ordered separately. Contact Gantrex for details.
** Bolt torque shown is minimum required for clip performance. However, bolts can be torqued to higher value to meet applicable structural codes.

Components Notes

1 x Clip 3226/15/45 See “Clip Selection Table” overleaf for “F” dimensions.
See “General Specifications 3000 Series” for additional clip information.
2 x Special washers 3126R

www.gantrex.com GSUS-EN 2017-09 LDS0

In USA, contact GANTREX Inc. – 1-800-242-6873 – [email protected]


In Canada, contact GANTREX Canada Inc. – 1-800-884-5960 – [email protected]
BOLTABLE RAIL CLIP - 3226

CLIP SELECTION TABLE


F Rail only clip Gantrex pad Rail on Gantrex pad At splice bar clip part
Rail Profile
Inches part NO. model NO. clip part NO. NO.
ASCE85 5-3/16’’ 3226/85 130 RFS 3226/85P
104CR 5’’ 3226/104 130 RFS 3226/104P
105CR 5-3/16’’ 3226/105 130 RFS 3226/105P 3226C
135CR 5-3/16’’ 3226/135 130 RFS 3226/135P (4 per joint)
171CR 6’’ 3226/171 150 RFS 3226/171P
175CR 6’’ 3226/175 150 RFS 3226/175P

NOTES
1) To order clips without rubber noses consult Gantrex for proper selection.
2) GANTREX®clips are available to suit most rail sections. Please consult Gantrex for details if your rail does not appear in the above table.
3) Gantrex recommends that rail joints be welded wherever possible.
4) This clip fits the bolt pattern of most existing double bolt bent plate clips.
5) Contact Gantrex for available protective coatings.

COMPONENTS MATERIALS
• Special Washer : Ductile Cast Iron
• Clip : Ductile Cast Iron
• Pressure Block (Nose) : Synthetic Rubber

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

• Install clips only in opposing pairs. (never staggered)


• Do not use cleaning fluids or painting coatings which contains ketones or similar chemicals, as they may seriously damage the rubber nose.
• For complete crane runways installations services including rail welding, please contact Gantrex Crane Rail Installations Inc. at 1-800-242-6873

We reserve the right to discontinue or change specifications or design at any time without prior notice and without incurring
any obligation whatsoever.
Disclaimer: for regional use only

www.gantrex.com GSUS-EN 2017-09 LDS0

In USA, contact GANTREX Inc. – 1-800-242-6873 – [email protected]


In Canada, contact GANTREX Canada Inc. – 1-800-884-5960 – [email protected]
CLAMP - K15

Features :

• High resistance
• Easy to install

Maximum
Minimum ratio between vertical and horizontal Estimated
K15 Bolt class Torque load depends on corrosion protection
resistance to
weight
lateral forces
M24 ft-lb Protected Unprotected kips LB
Clamp on independent bolt
separate from anchor bolt

Clamp on anchor bolt 8.8 487 1.5 : 1


with embedded nut and 5:1 28 0.85
synthetic washer

Clamp on anchor bolt 4.6 175 3:1


without embedded nut

Contact Gantrex for application conditions.

Notes on next page


Full designation
• Clamp Specification
• Table of Rails
• Component Material
• Design and Installation Instructions

K15

www.gantrex.com GSUS-EN 2018-03 R1.0

In USA, contact GANTREX Inc. – 1-800-242-6873 – [email protected]


In Canada, contact GANTREX Canada Inc. – 1-800-884-5960 – [email protected]
CLAMP - K15

CLAMP SPECIFICATION
Many rails or tracks, for instance in shipyards, are located in large platforms and embedded in the concrete. These tracks are designed to handle trans-
fer chariots or cranes with heavy loads. They move infrequently and travel at low speeds.

The Gantrex clamps “K15” are specifically designed for the hard mounting of crane rails when rail pad is not used and when a high vertical wheel load
stabilizes the rail:

• The clamps can be fixed with M24 bolts to the supporting structure or directly on the anchor bolts;
• They exert a strong vertical clamping force on the foot of the rail;
• They contribute to the stabilization of the rail for side loads up to 28 kips.

TABLE OF RAILS
K15 A100; QU100; MRS67; A120 (1)

(1) For other rails, consult Gantrex

COMPONENT MATERIAL
Ductile cast iron or forged steel.

DESIGN AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS


K15 clamps are always installed in opposing pairs and must not be staggered.They should be mounted on support plate that distributes
the pressure exerted by the heel of the clamp on a sufficient surface of mortar or concrete.The size of the supporting plates and their
spacing depend namely on the load configuration, the type of rail and the choice of components. For certain uses, the washer under
the nut is not required. Consult Gantrex.

Note: Imperial dimensions are approximate only. K15 and K15+ are manufactured according to metric dimensions.

We reserve the right to discontinue or change specifications or design at any time without prior notice and without incurring
any obligation whatsoever.
Disclaimer: for regional use only

www.gantrex.com GSUS-EN 2018-03 R1.0

In USA, contact GANTREX Inc. – 1-800-242-6873 – [email protected]


In Canada, contact GANTREX Canada Inc. – 1-800-884-5960 – [email protected]
CLAMP - K15+

Features :

• High resistance
• Easy to instal
• Lateral adjustment

Lateral Clamp maximum resistance Estimated


K15+ Bolt grade Bolt torque
Adjustment to lateral forces (*) weight
M24 Inch ft-lb kips LB

Clamp on independent bolt 8.8 487 18


separate from anchor bolt
10.9 3/8 553 27 1
Clamp on anchor bolt (**)
8.8 487 18
with embedded nut and synthetic washer

(*) Side load calculations is based on the use of 8.8 and 10.9 class bolts, and is reduced in case of lower bolt class.
Contact Gantrex for confirmation of side load in your application.
(**) Contact Gantrex for detail on anchor bolt installation.

Notes on next page


Full designation
• Clamp Specification
• Table of Rails
• Component Material
• Design and Installation Instructions

K15+

www.gantrex.com GSUS-EN 2018-03 R0.0

In USA, contact GANTREX Inc. – 1-800-242-6873 – [email protected]


In Canada, contact GANTREX Canada Inc. – 1-800-884-5960 – [email protected]
CLAMP - K15+

CLAMP SPECIFICATION
Many rails or tracks, for instance in shipyards, are located in large platforms and embedded in the concrete. These tracks are designed to handle trans-
fer chariots or cranes with heavy loads. They move infrequently and travel at low speeds.

The Gantrex clamps “K15+” are specifically designed for the hard mounting of crane rails when rail pad is not used and when a high vertical wheel load
stabilizes the rail:

• The clamps can be fixed with M24 bolts to the supporting structure or directly on the anchor bolts;
• They exert a strong vertical clamping force on the foot of the rail;
• They contribute to the stabilization of the rail for side loads up to 27 kips, depending on the bolt class.
• The lateral adjustment range allows for better rail installation and alignment.

TABLE OF RAILS
K15+ A100; QU100; MRS67; A120 (1)

(1) For other rails, consult Gantrex

COMPONENT MATERIAL
Ductile cast iron or forged steel.

DESIGN AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS


K15+ clamps are always installed in opposing pairs and must not be staggered.They should be mounted on support plate that distributes
the pressure exerted by the heel of the clamp on a sufficient surface of mortar or concrete. The size of the supporting plates and their
spacing depend namely on the load configuration, the type of rail and the choice of components. For certain uses, the washer under
the nut is not required. Consult Gantrex.

Note: Imperial dimensions are approximate only. K15 and K15+ are manufactured according to metric dimensions.

We reserve the right to discontinue or change specifications or design at any time without prior notice and without incurring
any obligation whatsoever.
Disclaimer: for regional use only

www.gantrex.com GSUS-EN 2018-03 R0.0

In USA, contact GANTREX Inc. – 1-800-242-6873 – [email protected]


In Canada, contact GANTREX Canada Inc. – 1-800-884-5960 – [email protected]
PAD - MK2.0

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS

GANTREX® MK2.0 pads have been specially designed for the discontinuous soft mounting of rail on concrete using GANTREX® chairs and sole
plates with rail fixing clips, anchor bolts, leveling bolts, etc.

GANTREX® MK2.0 pads:


• eliminate the load concentrations at the edge of the chairplate :
- their chamfered edges reduce the stress concentrations;
- pressures under the chair are reduced;
- the concrete is protected from cracking.
• reduce rail and chair wear :
- absorb uneven surfaces;
- improve contact between rail and chair.
• are manufactured in thermoplastic elastomer and feature lugs to prevent longitudinal slippage.
• are specially resistant to wear, shear, crushing, oils, greases, ozone and oxygen, as well as ultra-violet rays.

MATERIAL CHARACTERISTICS

• Composition : EVA copolymer.


• Shore hardness : 95 A (DIN 53505).
• Tensile strength : 1813 PSI minimum (DIN 53455).
• Elongation : 250 % minimum (DIN 53455).
• Working stress in compression : - up to 122°F : 2900 PSI.
- up to 158°F : 2175 PSI.
• Service temperature : from -15°F up to +167°F.
For other temperatures, please consult Gantrex.

GSUS-EN 2018-02 R0.0

www.gantrex.com
In USA, contact GANTREX Inc. – 1-800-242-6873 – info.pi[email protected]
In Canada, contact GANTREX Canada Inc. – 1-800-884-5960 – [email protected]
PAD - MK2.0

PERMISSIBLE CHAIR LOAD

The maximum permissible load per chair can be calculated and is a function of rail and chair dimensions and the acceptable working stress for
the GANTREX® MK2.0 pads. The design load should also consider grout and concrete strengths and fatigue.

DESIGNATION AND DIMENSIONS

GANTREX® pad MK2.0 – LB x L1

LB : dimension of the chair in the rail axis. Standard lengths are : 85, 115, 165, 220, 250 and 320 mm.

L1 : reduced width, always 3/16” to 5/16” less than the rail foot width (F).

Ex. : for mounting a GX42 rail (foot width : F = 131.8 mm) on 160 mm-long chairs :
MK2.0 - 160B x 125.

APPLICATION FOR SMALL SIZE RAILS

For small size rails, when fastened with GANTREX®clips type 21/020 or 51/015, GANTREX® MK2.0-type pad - thickness 9/64”, instead of
9/32”, must be used.

For further information, please refer to our data sheet covering discontinuous mounting, or contact our Technical Department.

We reserve the right to discontinue or change specifications or design at any time without prior notice and whithout
incurring any obligation whatsoever.

Disclaimer: for regional use only

GSUS-EN 2018-02 R0.0

www.gantrex.com
In USA, contact GANTREX Inc. – 1-800-242-6873 – info.pi[email protected]
In Canada, contact GANTREX Canada Inc. – 1-800-884-5960 – [email protected]
PAD - MK2.1

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS

GANTREX® MK2.1 pads have been specially designed for the discontinuous soft mounting of rail on concrete using GANTREX® adjustable chairs
and rail fixing clips.

GANTREX® MK2.1 pads:


• Eliminate the load concentrations and the resulting fatigue stresses:
- The wheel load under the chair is distributed;
- Pressures under the chair are reduced;
- The concrete is protected from cracking.
• Reduce rail and chair wear:
- Absorb uneven surfaces;
- Improve contact between rail and chair.
• Additionnal feature: “no displacement” design, low friction coefficient of pad.
• Are manufactured in thermoplastic polyethylene high density.
• Are featuring high thermal, chemical and mechanical resistance.

MATERIAL CHARACTERISTICS

• Composition : high density polyethylene (HDPE)


• Yield stress : 3190 PSI (DIN EN ISO 527)
• Elongation at break : >50% (DIN EN ISO 527)
• Tensile modulus of elasticity : 116,030 PSI (DIN EN ISO 527)
• Melting temperature : 275°F (ISO 11357-3)
• Service temperature, long term : from -58°F up to +176°F (average)
• Max service temperature, short term : 212°F (average)

GSUS-EN 2018-12 R0.0

www.gantrex.com
In USA, contact GANTREX Inc. – 1-800-242-6873 – [email protected]
In Canada, contact GANTREX Canada Inc. – 1-800-884-5960 – [email protected]
PAD - MK2.1

PERMISSIBLE CHAIR LOAD

The maximum permissible load per chair can be calculated and is a function of rail and chair dimensions and the acceptable working stress for
the GANTREX® MK2.1 pads. The design load should also consider grout and concrete strengths and fatigue.

DESIGNATION AND DIMENSIONS

GANTREX® pad MK2.1 – Lb x L1

The overall shape of the GANTREX® MK2.1 pad is studied to prevent the pad migration between the rail and the chair but its particular
dimensions are individually adapted to each chair dimension and each clip size.

Lb : reduced dimension of the chair, in the rail axis, always 5mm both sides.
L1 : reduced width, always 3/16” to 5/16” less than the rail foot width.
Ex. : for mounting a MRS87A rail (foot width: 152.4mm) on 160 mm long chairs: MK2.1 - 150x145.

Particular dimensions: consult Gantrex.

We reserve the right to discontinue or change specifications or design at any time without prior notice and whithout
incurring any obligation whatsoever.

Disclaimer: for regional use only

GSUS-EN 2018-12 R0.0

www.gantrex.com
In USA, contact GANTREX Inc. – 1-800-242-6873 – [email protected]
In Canada, contact GANTREX Canada Inc. – 1-800-884-5960 – [email protected]
PAD - MK6.1

GANTREX® MK6.1 pads have been specially designed


for the soft mounting of crane rails, being mounted either
continuously on steel, or mixed on concrete and steel,
along with GANTREX® fixing clips.

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS

GANTREX® MK6.1 pads:


• are manufactured as a vulcanized synthetic elastomer strip, reinforced with a steel strip.
The upper face is grooved.
• reduce the wear of the rail and its support:
- distribute the wheel load over a larger surface area.
- eliminate the load concentrations and the resulting fatigue stresses.
- absorb the uneven surfaces;
- improve the contact between rail and support.
• are suitable for all normal environmental conditions.
• are designed for service temperatures from –13°F up to 212°F. Gantrex selects the rubber depending on the customer’s application. Please
contact Gantrex to specify your operating temperature.
• reduce noise and vibration : noise : typical reduction of 10 % in dbA levels.
vibrations : typical reduction of 48 %.

MATERIAL CHARACTERISTICS

• Synthetic elastomer reinforced with a galvanized steel strip

GSUS-EN 2018-01 R2.0

www.gantrex.com
In USA, contact GANTREX Inc. – 1-800-242-6873 – [email protected]
In Canada, contact GANTREX Canada Inc. – 1-800-884-5960 – [email protected]
PAD - MK6.1

DESIGNATION AND DIMENSIONS

GANTREX® MK6.1 pads are supplied in 2 types to suit :

either flat feet rails or concave feet rails

with edge seals with edge seals


Flat reinforced : MK6.1-RFS-NW Crowned reinforced : MK6.1-RBS-NW
Thickness : 7 mm (9/32”) Thickness : 8 mm (5/16”) in the center

NW: nominal width, according to the rail foot. The effective width is reduced, always 5 to 10 mm (3/16” to 13/32”) less than the rail foot width.
Ex. : for mounting a 175CR rail (foot width : F = 152.4 mm) : MK6.1-RFS-150.

Note: Imperial dimensions are given as reference only. MK6 pad is manufactured according to Metric dimensions.

AVAILABLE PADS

Model Est’d weight Model Est’d weight


LB/FT LB/FT
RFS-77 0.59
RFS-85 0.64
RFS-100 0.74
RFS-105 0.83
RFS-115 0.88
RFS-120 0.92
RFS-125 0.99
RFS-130 1.07
RFS-140 1.14
RFS-150 1.19
RBS-155 1.20
RBS-165 1.27
RBS-175 1.32
RBS-180 1.37
RBS-190 1.45
RBS-200 1.59
RFS-220 1.68 RBS-220 1.68

• MK6.1 pads are supplied in standard lengths of 12 m (39’), with tolerance of ± 50 mm (2”).
Special lengths can be provided : please consult us.
• For particular applications (namely circular tracks), very small lengths can be supplied, designed according to the track characteristics. Their
ends could then be skew or “V” cut, or rounded… according to the application : please consult us.
• For specific cut lenghts, please allow ± 5 mm (3/16”) tolerance on lengths.

We reserve the right to discontinue or change specifications or design at any time without prior notice and whithout
incurring any obligation whatsoever.

Disclaimer: for regional use only

GSUS-EN 2018-01 R2.0

www.gantrex.com
In USA, contact GANTREX Inc. – 1-800-242-6873 – [email protected]
In Canada, contact GANTREX Canada Inc. – 1-800-884-5960 – [email protected]
PAD - MK9.1

The GANTREX “double-crown” RailLok™ series patent


pending pad is specifically designed to perform integrally
with the RailLok™ series clips for the soft mounting of rails.

A full range of pad widths is available to provide the very


best technical solution for each individual application.

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS

The “redesigned edge seal” virtually eliminates the ingress of contaminants and water which can cause premature failure of the pad, rail and
support structure. These seals also improve the compression caused by the nose of the clip, preventing pad movement when the pressure of
the rail is released.
The updated “design of the grooves” avoids high stresses and resultant damage due to high loads, rail twisting and oscillation.

SPECIFICATIONS OF THE PRODUCT RANGE

Flat Model Estimated weight Crowned Model Estimated weight


LB/FT LB/FT
F80 0.60
F90 0.67
F95 0.67
F105 0.87
F115 0.94
F120 0.94
F125 1.07 C125 1.07
F130 1.07 C130 1.07
F140 1.21 C140 1.21
F150 1.21 C150 1.21
F155 1.21 C155 1.21
F170 1.28 C170 1.28
F175 1.28 C175 1.34
F200 1.61 C200 1.61
F220 1.68 C220 1.75

Note: Imperial dimensions are given as reference only. RailLok™ Pad is manufactured according to metric dimensions.

The values shown are nominal widths corresponding to the width of the rail foot. C200 is a crowned pad suitable for the DIN rail A100.
MK9.1 RailLok™ double-crown pad is supplied in rolls with standard lengths of 39 feet, tolerances on length is ± 2”.
Pad can be provided in various other lengths thanks to the flexibility with the extruded manufacturing process.
Nominal thickness of uncompressed pad is 9/32”.

Please contact Gantrex for more information on any GANTREX® product or for pad specification if your rail size does not appear in the table.

GSUS-EN 2018-02 R2.0

www.gantrex.com
In USA, contact GANTREX Inc. – 1-800-242-6873 – info.pi[email protected]
In Canada, contact GANTREX Canada Inc. – 1-800-884-5960 – [email protected]
PAD - MK9.1

TECHNICAL ADVANTAGES OF THE NEW GANTREX® PADS


New features

• Eliminate the ingress of dirt and water.


• Improve the compression created by the nose of the clip.
• Avoid high stresses and pad damage caused by crane oscillation and rail twisting.

All old features have been maintained :

• Distribute the wheel load over a larger surface area.


• Eliminate point load concentration and resultant fatigue stresses.
• Compensate for the uneven surface between the rail and its support.
• Reduce impact, vibration and noise.
• Eliminate fretting corrosion (wear) of the support surface under the rail.

MATERIAL CHARACTERISTICS
• Material : synthetic rubber reinforced with a steel strip.
• Shore A hardness: 75 ± 5.
• Tensile strength : minimum 1523 lbf/in2.
• Elongation : minimum 200 %.
• Permanent set : < 20 %.

Resistant to : wear, shear and crushing, as well as oil, grease, ultra violet rays (and ozone).

Service temperature is between -13°F and +212°F. Gantrex selects the rubber depending onthe customer’s application. Please contact Gantrex
to specify your operating temperature.

A noise reduction of approximately 10% and vibration reduction up to 48% can be expected.

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
1. MK9.1 RailLok™ pad is recommended for all installations, both indoors and outdoors. For better results, RailLok™ series clips should also
be used to fix the rail laterally in order to keep the pad firmly under the rail.
2. The upper surface of the supporting structure should be clean and free from oil, grease and any sharp or abrasive particles that are likely
to damage the pad. Please consult Gantrex before a corrosion protection painting system can be applied on the supporting structure before
the installation of the pad.
3. The pad should be laid in continuous lengths on the support surface, with the grooved side up, the ends butted tightly together and centered
at a pair of rail clips. Rail pad should always be centered beneath the rail foot so that it is completely covered.
4. Pad joints should be at least 1 meter away from rail joints, adjacent girder joints or building expansion joints.
5. The minimum length of pad should not be less than 3 times the center distance between clips.
6. Pad stops should be considered at the ends of each runway and where the continuity of the support cannot be achieved and large gaps
between adjacent pads may occur.
7. Do not use cleaning fluids or protective coatings which contain ketones or similar chemicals, as they may seriously damage the rubber pad.

Please consult Gantrex on any questions regarding installation.

We reserve the right to discontinue or change specifications or design at any time without prior notice and whithout
incurring any obligation whatsoever.

Disclaimer: for regional use only

GSUS-EN 2018-02 R2.0

www.gantrex.com
In USA, contact GANTREX Inc. – 1-800-242-6873 – info.pi[email protected]
In Canada, contact GANTREX Canada Inc. – 1-800-884-5960 – [email protected]
Crane Rail Welding
Methods

Gantrex Flash-Butt Welding


Overhead Rail.

Thermite welding in action.

A number of different rail welding processes have been used to produce efficient crane runways.
Gantrex has the history, experience and capability to field weld using Puddle Arc, Calorite
Thermal and Flash-Butt procedures. Below is a short overview of the most common methods:

Puddle Arc - an electro-slag process used extensively in Europe where it lends itself to the
joining relatively low carbon”A” rails. It is skill dependent, where weld is puddled into the rail gap
and retained by “coppers” matched to the rail profile. The “coppers” are individually shaped by the
welder to match his own “puddling” technique. Puddle Arc Welding can result in a good joint, but
is dependent of the skill of the welder. It also creates a larger heat-affected zone than thermal or
flash-butt rail welding. Battering can be a problem on higher cycle runways. Larger profiles may
take up to 10 hours per weld. Not commonly used today.

Calorite Thermal - a thermal-slag process using a chemical heat source. Rail ends are square
cut and sand molds are set on the sides and bottom of the rail. After preheat of the ends, a
thermal charge is ignited in a crucible and the molten steel allowed to flow into the cavity. The rail
ends are joined via a casting during the welding process. This weld is good, affords portability and
4-5 welds can be made by a two man crew in a normal shift.

Flash-Butt - technically, the best weld. It produces the smallest heat affected zone, minimizing
joint batter, and uses electric current and hydraulic rams to butt the rail ends together at the upset
temperature. As many as 4 welds per hour may be possible for overhead runways and 4-6 welds
per hour for ground tracks. This system is most effective when the rail is fed from a fixed location
and advanced down the runway on rollers. Used on runways where all the rail is replaced.

TOLL FREE: 800 2 GANTREX (800) 242-6873 © GANTREX, 2008


PRINTED in U.S.A.
Web site: www.gantrex.com • Email: [email protected]
Rev.2016
Rail Welding
Aluminothermic welding

PRINCIPLE
Aluminothermic welding is a welding process for the joining of rails. The aluminothermic compound is a mixture of metal
oxides, alloying elements and special additives. These react to form the metal, simultaneously creating an exothermic reaction to produce
superheated molten steel which forms the weld.
The rails to be joined together are aligned leaving a prescribed gap between their ends. Preformed refractory moulds are fitted around the
gap formed at the junction of the two rails. The updated process uses a one-shot crucible.
Below general description of process is presented, for more details refer for welding Gantrex manual and recommendations.

EQUIPMENT
An aluminothermic kit is used to weld two rails together. The kit is composed of 3 pieces moulds which seal the prescribed cavity between
each rail to receive and shape the flow of hot metal coming from the one short crucible after ignition of the aluminothermic powder of the
portion.

RAIL CUTS
• The rail edges must be vertical and square cut, using a rail circular saw cut (no flame cutting allowed).
• Ends must be free from rust and carefully cleaned.

RAIL INSTALLATION AND SET UP


The two rail ends being welded are carefully aligned and fixed with a gap between them.
A ceramic mould is then placed around the gap and sealed by luting sand.

Page 1/4

GXHQ-EN 2018-05 R0

www.gantrex.com
GANTREX Group – [email protected]
Rail Welding
Aluminothermic welding

RAIL PREHEATING
Using a specially designed burner, the moulds and the enclosed rail ends are pre-heated for a time, dependent upon the rail section, to
achieve the correct welding temperature.

IGNITION

When the correct degree of preheat has been achieved reaction is initiated in the crucible using a special igniter.
Superheated molten steel is produced by an alumino thermic reaction.
The mixture is ignited, and an intense exothermic chemical reaction between the fine aluminum and iron oxide powder occurs in the
crucible.

Page 2/4

GXHQ-EN 2018-05 R0

www.gantrex.com
GANTREX Group – [email protected]
Rail Welding
Aluminothermic welding

WELDING

At the correct time the tapping system at the base of the crucible discharges the superheated molten steel into moulds via the pouring cup.
The reaction heat makes the charge melt and the molten steel pours into the mould through a temperature operated thimble, flowing down
into the gap to form the weld. The slag which is mostly aluminum oxide requires about 20-25 seconds after completing the reaction to sepa-
rate from the molten steel and float to the upper part of the crucible.
Rail ends that have been preheated using gas torches are joined by partially melting them with the superheated liquid steel metal resulting
from the chemical reaction.
At this stage no shocks or vibration is accepted.

COOLING & RAIL SHEARING

Shearing is performed when the weld has set long enough and before it has become cold.
The shearing operation is done on running surface, rail head sides and risers.
After cooling and solidification of the weld, the mould is removed and the excess welded metal around the rail head is sheared off.
The upper surface of the head is then finished by grinding to the shape of the adjoining rail head profile.

Page 3/4

GXHQ-EN 2018-05 R0.0

www.gantrex.com
GANTREX Group – [email protected]
Rail Welding
Aluminothermic welding

RAIL GRINDING

Immediately after shearing, a rough grinding is performed on the rail head.


Following an appropriate cooling period, the rail head is ground to precise profile dimensions.
Finally the rail is aligned and fastened

CONTROL AND TESTS

Therefore, it is necessary to control all weld charge contents and keep them within specifications in order to achieve acceptable weld quality and
reliability. Each weld will be reported by welding and control team.

We reserve the right to discontinue or change specifications or design at any time without prior notice and whithout
incurring any obligation whatsoever.
Page 4/4

GXHQ-EN 2018-05 R0.0

www.gantrex.com
GANTREX Group – [email protected]
Installation
services
In-house teams
Rail tracks for cranes and moving
machinery require specific installation.
Gantrex is one of very few contractors that
specialize in this area.

Gantrex installation teams cover all


aspects of ground track installation as
well as overhead installations. We also
specialize in trolley rails and short rails of
Ship-to-Shore cranes.

Comprehensive scope
Gantrex installs crane rail systems for container
terminals, multimodal platforms, power plants, cement
industries, steel and aluminium industries, shipyards,
automotive industries or any type of heavy industry.
Our installation teams mount runways for STS cranes,
stacking cranes, gantry cranes, overhead cranes,
transfer cars, retractable roof stadiums, AS/RS cranes
& machines, stacker-reclaimers, rocket movers and any
other type of rail mounted equipment.

Global coverage, local


presence
Gantrex construction teams offer unparalleled
experience, around the world. Our in-house local
teams of technical experts are committed to solving
rail system specific issues (excessive rail wear or rail
movement, battered or broken rail joints, rail alignment,
broken clips and or supports, rail foundation issues)
and we understand the criticality of time on production
runways. Gantrex offices are available to provide local
application support and service in all industries and
applications, to be ON TRACK. WITH YOU.
Our installation services range from the local repair to
the brand new installation of a complete crane runway.
• Our installation tolerances comply with the local standards including ISO 12488, VIDI3576, AIST, CMAA or
others that we agree upon with the customer before installation.
• We deliver a method statement or detailed scope of work prior to commencing the work and we deliver survey
reports, prior to the installation and as-built, prior to hand-over of the track.
• We comply with the safety standards…

Ground track services


Gantrex has certified ISO 9001 production facilities and with its soft mount systems, is the ideal partner for
the design, supply and installation of rail tracks laid on concrete support.

• Design: Our engineers can select the optimum interface between


civil engineering and the travelling machinery, considering the
concrete quality, concrete reinforcement design, dimensions and
operating and mechanical parameters of the crane or travelling
machinery, wheel loads and dimensions, installation conditions
and environment, to name the main criteria.

• Depending on the extent of each project, the installation scope


of work may include material and consumables supply and on-
site delivery, craning, anchoring and grouting of rail supports,
rail welding, rail alignment, rail fixing, supervision and project
coordination.

Overhead rail services


Gantrex installation teams mount crane or machinery runways at height and ,
depending on the extent of the each project, can fulfil all your needs in material
and consumables supply and on-site delivery, scaffolding installation, craning, rail
welding, rail alignment, rail fixing, supervision and project coordination.

STS cranes trolley rail services


Gantrex’ capabilities range from the specific short rail system
replacement to the full project of the complete trolley rail repair or
replacement.

Our scope of services encompasses the system analysis, the detailed


inspection and surveys, the system design and the engineering
services, the material supply and on site-delivery, the craning, the
scaffolding installation and the installation itself.

© GANTREX 2017 l Rev.2017/10 l [email protected]

www.gantrex.com
Inspections
and Surveys
Wide experience
The efficiency of cranes and special track
applications is dependent on the conditions
of their crane runways to assure optimal
performance and achieve guaranteed safety.
For this reason rail alignment surveys and
inspections are vital components to on-going
risk assessment practices. For more than 45
years, we have provided inspection, audit,
supervision and survey services to help this
market meet the quality it requires for its
production and logistics equipment.

Highly qualified expertise


Gantrex’s offer encompasses crane runway surveys,
analysis and presentation of the measurement data
obtained on site. Armed with this information, we
develop individually tailored adjustments for our
customer (including everything from a local repair
to a complete refurbishment of the crane runway).
Depending on site and time constraints, Gantrex’s
highly qualified surveyors or GANTREXTM newly
developed RSR runway survey robot provide surveying
solutions for many applications.

Global coverage, local


presence
Gantrex inspection teams offer unparalleled
experience, around the world. Our in-house local
teams of technical experts are located on all
continents and available to provide local application
support and service in all industries and applications,
to be ON TRACK. WITH YOU.
Our knowledge and experience improve your performance!
Geometry
Whenever a crane rail or specialty track is not working according to the
customer’s expectations, we can provide our exclusive processes and
experience to propose corrective actions and optimization of crane rail
tracks settings to improve performance.

Reference implementation:
• Geometry verification of the rail and its support (plan analysis, initial
status survey, after completion survey, validation of compliance to
specification)
• Straight or circle rail track survey (straightness, parallelism, span,
altimetry)
• Detailed documentation of the actual situation and the theoretical
design in graphical or table form in accordance with the relevant
tolerance classes VDI 3576, ISO12448-1, FEM9.831, FEM1001, CMAA
and AIST.
• Malfunction case study and diagnosis
• Causes identification and repair recommendations
• Supervision of works or of maintenance
• Periodic monitoring of track deformation

Runway survey robot


When site and time limitations necessitate it, Gantrex’ RSR
(Runway Survey Robot) can provide surveying solutions for most
applications.

It offers effective and economical solutions to optimize


customers’ working process. Even the smallest irregularities and
inaccuracies can be diagnosed and can be balanced by software
analysis considering the required tolerance classes and a detailed
analysis report with repair recommendations, including the
presentation of the results in graphical form can be provided.

• Automated robotic rail surveying and analysis with high


precision measuring technology
• Continuous or single point measurements possible on request
• Prior to commissioning of new cranes to existing crane rails
• For surveys and damage assessments
• As part of predictive maintenance
• For quality assurance and wear reduction
• As part of the labor insurance

© GANTREX 2018 l Rev.2018/03 l [email protected]

www.gantrex.com
GANTREX®
Adjustable Chair
CRANE RAIL FASTENING
SYSTEM VERTICALLY AND
LATERALLY ADJUSTABLE
This Patent pending, new fastening
system is specifically designed
to accommodate the large
movements often associated with
shifting rail foundations on the
less-than-stable ground, often
found at ports and other locations.

The GANTREX® ”Adjustable Chair”


provides a simple and quick method to
bring a runway in compliance with the
strictest tolerances, namely ISO 12488-1
Class1.

This new product compensates for


movements of foundations often caused
by settling, using a system of shims and
elongated holes.

In particular, the system is well suited


to ensure effective alignment and
maintenance of runways for container
yards using Automated Stacking Cranes.
Adjustable Chairs can be used with various
types of support, including cast-in place
concrete or prefabricated concrete ties or
sleepers, as a whole or by using only some
of the components.

www.gantrex.com
Easy and Fast Track Re-Alignment
to overcome shifting rail foundations
without rail removal.
• Adjustable Double Soleplate System
- Vertically up to 100mm by shimming
- Laterally up to 40mm via elongated holes
• Anchoring system fully independent from stresses
generated by the crane
• Precise and stable rail adjustement
• Easy soleplate assembly, stable and accessible

GANTREX® Adjustable Chairs


incorporate the RailLokTM clips,
the cutting-edge technology in crane
rail soft mount fastening devices.
• Additional wedge (Gantrex patent of
second wedge design and inclined bolt)
• Ease of installation
• Extended load resistance
• Compact design
• Tightening with impact wrench

© GANTREX 2016 l Rev.05/16 l [email protected]

www.gantrex.com
Steel Soleplate
For Continuous Rail Support

AVAILABLE FEATURES

• Pre-assembled with rail clip lower components welded in our shop


• Located holes for boltable rail clips
• Located holes for adhesive anchor bolts for quick template drilling
• Pre-drilled and tapped for leveling bolts for easy vertical alignment
• Pre-coated to desired specification (e.g. bare metal, primed or hot dip galvanized)
• Standard or custom designed to suit all rail sizes and types
• Custom designed for expansion joint locations

DESCRIPTION 

GANTREX Continuous Steel Soleplates are designed to provide optimum


support for rail on concrete systems. Used as base plates for the support of
runway rails for equipment such as gantry cranes, ship-to-shore container
cranes, stacker-reclaimers, transfer cars and AS/RS systems, soleplates are an
important element of rail support systems. Gantrex has also manufactured
continuous soleplates for projects such as retractable roof stadiums, coke
battery equipment and radar antenna positioning systems.

Usually made from A36 steel, continuous soleplates can range in thickness
from ½ inch to over 2 inches. Standard lengths are nominally 10’, with
allowance for space in between for thermal expansion. Gantrex can assist you
with design details of soleplates based on application parameters such as duty
cycle, rail size, wheel load, available space and environmental conditions. And
we can combine the products from our extensive offering of rail system
components to provide you with a complete runway solution.


CONTINUOUS SOLEPLATE

Continuous soleplates are fabricated in our ISO 9001:2008 certified shop.


From raw data to finished manufacturing, Gantrex soleplates are in service
for practically every type of application found in heavy industrial plants.
Backed by our fully-staffed engineering and design department, we can
provide detailed drawings for problem-free construction.

Gantrex can assist you in the field with Technical Support, Supervision or
Complete Installation. Contact Gantrex to find out how.

Contact GANTREX for a copy of the article,  
“Effective Methods for Mounting Crane Rail Systems on Concrete Foundations” 

 Contact Gantrex Inc./ Gantrex Canada Inc. 
1‐800‐242‐6873    •     www.Gantrex.com     • [email protected] 

Steel Soleplate
For Discontinuous Rail Support

FEATURES:

• Pre-assembled with studs or welded lower components


• Pre-drilled for two or four anchor bolts
• Pre-coated to customer specification (e.g. primer or hot dip galvanized)
• Standard or custom designed to suit all rails

-1-
GANTREX STEEL SOLEPLATE

STANDARD SOLEPLATES:

RAIL FLANGE
SOLEPLATE DIMENSIONS (ins) THICKNESS ANCHOR
SIZE WIDTH
MODEL NO. (STANDARD) BOLT DIA.
(Ibs/yd) (ins) (mm) D L M X Y
30 ASCE 3 1/8 80 B2 STELCAM 9-AS30 7/8” 6 3/8 9 6 4 1/2 1/2” 5/8”
W2 WELDLOK 15-AS30 “ 6 3/8 9 6 4 1/2 “ “
40 ASCE 3 1/2 89 B2 STELCAM 9-AS40 “ 6 3/8 9 6 4 1/2 “ “
W2 WELDLOK 15-AS40 “ 6 3/8 9 6 4 1/2 “ “
60 ASCE 4 1/4 108 B2 STELCAM 9-AS60 “ 6 3/8 9 6 1/2 4 1/2 “ “
W2 WELDLOK 15-AS60 “ 6 3/8 9 1/2 6 1/2 4 1/2 “ “
85 ASCE 5 3/16 132 B2 STELCAM 13-AS85 “ 6 3/8 11 8 4 1/2 “ “
W2 WELDLOK 24-AS85 “ 8 1/2 12 9 1/2 6 1/2 “ “
104 CR 5 127 82 STELCAM 17-CR104 1” 8 1/2 12 9 6 3/4” 3/4”
B4 STELCAM 17-CR104 “ 9 3/4 12 9 7 “ “
W2 WELDLOK24-CR104 “ 8 1/2 12 9 6 “ “
W4 WELDLOK 24-CR104 “ 9 3/4 12 9 7 “ “
105 CR 5 3/16 132 B2 STELCAM 17-CR105 “ 8 1/2 12 9 6 “ “
B4 STELCAM 17-CR105 “ 9 3/4 12 9 7 “ “
W2 WELDLOK 24-CR105 “ 8 1/2 12 9 6 “ “
W4 WELDLOK 24-CR105 “ 9 3/4 12 9 7 “ “
135 CR 5 3/16 132 B2 STELCAM 17-CR135 “ 8 1/2 12 9 6 “ “
B4 STELCAM 17-CR135 “ 9 3/4 12 9 7 “ “
W2 WELDLOK 24-CR135 “ 8 1/2 12 9 6 “ “
W4 WELDLOK 24-CR135 “ 9 3/4 12 9 7 “ “
B = Bolted Clip W = Welded Clip

OTHER RAILS: GANTREX soleplates are available to suit any rail size. If rail size is not shown in
above table, consult your nearest GANTREX office.

NON-STANDARD: Available with removable jacking bolts upon request. For unusual applications e.g., if
side thrust on the rail is more than 15% of the vertical wheel load, or if side rollers are
to be used, consult your nearest GANTREX office for custom-design.

OTHER PRODUCTS: Consult GANTREX for information on complete rail system material packages,
including rails, soleplates, rail clips, rail pads, anchor bolts and epoxy grout.

GANTREX reserves the right to discontinue or change specifications at any time without prior notice and without incurring any obligation
whatsoever.

TOLL FREE: 800 2 GANTREX (800) 242-6873 © GANTREX, 2008


PRINTED IN U.S.A.
Web site: www.gantrex.com · Email: [email protected] Rev. 01/16
-2-
Hydraulic
bumpers
Safety first
To keep up with increasing demands for
productivity, material handling and bulk material
handling equipment manufacturers are being forced
to build machines that travel at higher speeds
than before. The modern engineering trend is also
to design equipment with greater precision, with
a minimal factor of safety. Consequently, it has
become even more important to provide carefully
selected and designed safety devices, such as
hydraulic shock absorbers, between a moving
machine and the structure.

Gantrex worldwide
distributor
Gantrex, a market leader in crane runway
systems, now proudly represents Oleo as a sole
distributor of industrial shock absorbers in over
100 countries around the globe.

Gantrex offices, staffed with qualified and


trained technical personnel, are located on
all continents and available to provide local
application support and service in all industries
and applications, to be ON TRACK. WITH YOU.
Gantrex can offer Oleo solutions for a variety of material
handling and others applications such as:

• All types of cranes and transfer cars

• Stackers, reclaimers, ship loaders and unloaders

• Automated storage and retrieval systems (ASRS)

• Non crane energy absorbing applications of all kinds


in a host of industries such as steel or aluminum
plants, paper mills, cement mills, storage facilities,
concrete pipe manufacturing, oil industry, aerospace,
conveyors, rock crushers to name just a few.

Why Oleo hydraulic shock absorbers?


What sets the Oleo hydraulic bumper above all other energy absorbers is the ability to dissipate up to 95% of the
impact energy, leading to controlled deceleration of moving equipment, whatever the speed of impact. Bumpers
are backed by Gantrex production, technical support and installation assistance for any requirement, anywhere
in the world.

Oil chamber

Metering orifice

Separator piston
Plunger

Metering pin

Oil reserve Cylinder

Gas chamber
Key Features and Benefits

• Orifice calibrated by a specially designed metering for the highest mechanical efficiency resulting
in the lowest impact force. Oleo is the first manufacturer to use this method of a variable, metered
orifice.

• Fatigueless nitrogen gas spring and a floating separator allow for a compact size, without the use of
dangerous mechanical springs for bumper plunger return. This also provides full drive-down ability at
slow speeds for maximum end approach.

• Corrosion and wear resistant plating is available on all plungers.

• A sophisticated simulation program, based on years of testing and research, has been developed to
provide accurate force/stroke diagrams plus deceleration curves for all applications.

• Robust design suitable to work in harsh environments, including a temperature range of -40 °F to
+275 °F, with special oil & seal technology and protective finishes.

• Flexible mounting arrangements, including rear flange, front flange or capsule mounting.

• Long life cycle reduces lifetime cost.

• Custom brackets and adapters are also available to allow the bumper to be installed in machinery
housings and to different mounting hole patterns

Simulation curves

After decades of testing and simulating the


performance of the gas hydraulic bumper,
a mathematical algorithm has been
developed. It is now possible to simulate
the bumper performances and provide you
the “Force vs Stroke” curves, as well as the
deceleration curves.

The simulations are based on testing


full size units to ensure a high degree
of correlation, providing you with the
confidence to design your structure and
machines to predictable end forces.
Oleo Industrial Bumper Product Range
Type Stroke Capacity

Type 1 4” 2,580 ft-lb

Type 4 4 1/2” 67,118 ft-lb

Type 9 15 3/4” 175,540 ft-lb

Type 15 31 1/2” 351,080 ft-lb

Type 21 2” to 12” 7,376 to 47,204 ft-lb

Type 23 15 3/4” 175,540 ft-lb

Type 24 31 1/2” 351,080 ft-lb

Type 50 10” to 15 3/4” 78,182 to 125,386 ft-lb

Type 70 19 1/2” to 23 1/2” 219,794 to 263,310 ft-lb

Type 110 8” to 47” 41,303 to 150,463 ft-lb

Type 700 (710-712) 39 1/2 to 47” 438,800 to 526,619 ft-lb

Type 700 (718-720-724-730) 71” to 118” 789,924 to 1,316,548 ft-lb

Type 200 LDi Range 15 3/4” to 47” 50,154 to 150,463 ft-lb

Moreover, Gantrex also supplies another line of bumpers (GCB Series) for low energy and lighter duty requirements.

© GANTREX 2017 l Rev.2018/09/US l [email protected]

www.gantrex.com
Application Data Sheet
Hydraulic Bumpers

COMPANY: __________________________________ JOB/REF #: ________________________________


CONTACT: __________________________________ E-MAIL: ________________________________
PHONE: __________________________________ FAX: ________________________________

DESIGN STANDARD
AIST TR #6
CMAA #70
OSHA
OTHER YES NO

LIVE LOAD FREE TO SWING?


DRIVE MOTORS “ON” AT IMPACT?
PROTECTIVE BELLOWS REQUIRED?
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE?

Circle Appropriate Units: lbs kg ft/min m/sec


CRANE 1 Bridge Weight (W B) Bridge Speed (VB)
Trolley Weight (W T) Trolley Speed (VT)
Live Load (W L)
CRANE 2 Bridge Weight (W B) Bridge Speed (VB)
Trolley Weight (W T) Trolley Speed (VT)

Live Load (W L)
CRANE 3 Bridge Weight (W B) Bridge Speed (VB)
Trolley Weight (W T) Trolley Speed (VT)
Live Load (W L)
CRANE 4 Bridge Weight (W B) Bridge Speed (VB)
Trolley Weight (W T) Trolley Speed (VT)
Live Load (W L)
Notes: WB = Weight of Bridge VB = Maximum Speed of Bridge
W T = Weight of Trolley VT = Maximum Speed of Trolley
W L = Weight of Live Load including
Spreaders, Ladles, Magnets, etc.

COMMENTS: ______________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________

is the registered trademark of Oleo International

-1-
BUMPER APPLICATION DATA SHEET GANTREX

Application Description _____________________________________________________________________

TYPE OF IMPACT
CIRCLE
DATA REQUIRED APPROPRIATE
UNITS

Max Wt per bumper W kips kg

Max Velocity V ft/sec m/sec

Drive during impact P kips N

Max endforce required R kips N


2
Max Deceleration at V ft/sec m/sec

Weight per bumper W1 kips kg

Freefall Height H ft m

Weight per bumper W2 kips kg

Controlled Velocity Vc ft/sec m/sec

Max endforce required R kips N

Weight per bumper W kips kg

Radius of Gyration K ft m

Angular Velocity ω rad/sec

Bumper Arm Radius r ft m

Torque during impact T ft kips N•m

Max endforce specified R kips N

OTHER DATA

Frequency of Impacts

Ambient Temperature °F °C

TOLL FREE: 800 2 GANTREX (800) 242-6873 © GANTREX, 2008


PRINTED in U.S.A.
Web site: www.gantrex.com • Email: [email protected]
Rev. 2016

-2-
Bumper Calculations
OLEO Sample Calculations

BOdiES in mOtiOn
Kinetic Energy is associated with a body in motion. Newton’s 1st Law of Motion states that a body will continue in motion
unless acted upon by a force. An Oleo Hydraulic Bumper will control the magnitude and duration of this force. Newton’s 2nd
Law of Motion provides that the rate of change of motion is proportional to the force applied. An Oleo Hydraulic Bumper
ensures that the force applied is always the minimum required to produce the desired change in motion. Newton’s 3rd Law of
Motion identifies that for every action there is an equal and opposite reaction. An Oleo Hydraulic Bumper controls the arresting
force and limits the reaction on the supporting structure. These principles are the foundation for understanding the benefits and
characteristics of a hydraulic energy absorber such as the Oleo Hydraulic Bumper.

KinEtiC EnERGY
A body in motion, such as a crane, has kinetic energy that must be dissipated to bring it to rest. A hydraulic bumper produces
a resistive force over a displacement to dissipate the energy by converting work energy to thermal energy. The bumper forces
oil through a variable orifice to produce fluidic friction and therefore a resisting force.

The graph above on the right shows equal amounts of kinetic energy (represented by the area under the Force vs. Stroke
curve) being absorbed with different stroke lengths. As you can see, the more stroke, the lower the resistive force. This
resistive force is proportional to the rate of change of motion, or deceleration. Ultimately, the Oleo bumper governs the
magnitude of force transmitted to both the impacting body as well as the reaction force onto the support or fixed structure.

pROpELLinG FORCES
In many applications, the body in motion is also being propelled. This propelling force is additive with the Kinetic Energy as it
acts through the displacement of the bumper. It is always important to determine whether or not the impacting body will be
propelled during the impact and to allow sufficient additional energy capacity. Not all design codes or references include
propelling forces, so it is the designer’s responsibility to determine when they should be considered.

BumpER End FORCES and tHE dESiGnER


Oleo bumper end forces can be easily calculated and have been verified through extensive testing. For most applications, a
standard hydraulic bumper can be utilized to meet the requirements of typical safety codes. Often, the designer can select a
longer stroke bumper to further reduce the transmitted force generating a savings in the cost of structure and sometimes in the
machine itself. For applications with impacting speeds above 500 ft/min (2.5 m/sec) or special deceleration requirements,
please consult Gantrex for assistance.

dESiGn aSSiStanCE
Gantrex Application Engineers are able to assist you by providing calculations, specifications, computer simulations, CAD
drawings or any other technical support you may require.

IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF OLEO INTERNATIONAL

-1-

-1-
SampLE CaLCuLatiOnS GANTREX
SampLE CaLCuLatiOnS

dEFinitiOn OF VaRiaBLES

WB = Weight of Bridge (Ibs) SRB = Minimum Stroke Required for Bridge (in)
WT = Weight of Trolley (Ibs) SAT = Minimum Stroke Required for Trolley (in)
W EB = Effective Weight per Bumper on Bridge (Ibs) SAB = Stroke Available for Selected Bridge Bumper (in)
W ET = Effective Weight per Bumper on Trolley (Ibs) SAT = Stroke Available for Selected Trolley Bumper (in)
2
VB = Maximum Travel Speed of Bridge (ft/sec) A50% = Maximum Deceleration at 50% Speed (ft/sec )
VT = Maximum Travel Speed of Trolley (ft/sec) EFB = Maximum Bumper End Force Bridge (Ibs)
VB50% = 50% of VB (ft/sec) EFT = Maximum Bumper End Force Trolley (Ibs)
VT50% = 50% of VT (ft/sec) µ = Oleo Bumper Efficiency varies from .85 to .95 by
VEB = Effective Speed Per Case 2-4 Table 1 (ft/sec) application. Conservatively use .85 for crane
KEB = Kinetic Energy per Bumper on Bridge (ft-Ibs) applications.
KET = Kinetic Energy per Bumper on Trolley (ft-Ibs)

taBLE 1
application for Bumpers of the Same type used together

a.
A. WORKEd CRANE
WORKED CRanE EXAMPLE
EXampLE (CASE(CaSE 1,
1, AIST
aiSE TR
#6)#6) OIeo bumper Type 9 has SAB = 15.75 inches so it is
Bridge Weight (WB): 300,000 lbs acceptable.
Trolley Weight (Wt): 100,000 lbs 4. Select Metering Pin from “Type 9” OIeo bumper data
Bridge Speed (VB): 6.0 ft/sec sheet, “Metering Pin Selection Table”. Maximum impact
Trolley Speed (Vt): 3.33 ft/sec weight per side (from 1, above):
BRidGE WEB = 240,000 lbs
1. Maximum Impact Weight per side (WEB): Therefore select metering pin #10 which is good for
WEB = ½ (WB) + .9 (Wt) impact weights up to 330,000 lbs.
WEB = ½ (300,000 ibs) + .9 (100,000 lbs) 5. Select options from bumper data sheets including
WEB = 240,000 lbs mounting style, protective bellows, marine plating, safety
2. Kinetic Energy per side (KEB): cable, bumper head diameter, foot mounting brackets,
high temperature seals, low inflation pressure, etc.
6. Specify OIeo Bumper Model: 9SBZ140-10
(For rear flange mount, safety cable, #10 metering pin
plus any additional options from data sheet.)
7. Maximum Bumper End Force (EFB) to be provided to the
building or runway designer.
So Oleo Type 9 has sufficient energy capacity.
OIeo bumper Type 9 has SAB = 15.75 inches and the
3. Stroke required to meet sample crane has KEB = 134,161 ft-Ibs:
AISE TR #6 (SRB
AIST RB):
(For AIST
AISE TR #6, A50% ≤ 16 ft/sec22 @ 50% speed)
50% b

-2-
SampLE CaLCuLatiOnS

8. Maximum Deceleration at 50% Speed (A50%): 6. Specify Oleo Bumper Model 9SBZ140-08.
(For rear flange mount, safety cable, #08 metering pin plus any
additional options from the data sheet.)
7. Maximum Bumper End Force (EFB70 = 107,169 lbs.)

End force at 50% speed = EFB50 = (50/70)2 x 107,169 = 54,678 lbs.


TROLLEY:
8. Maximum Deceleration at 50% Speed (A50%):
1. Maximum Impact Weight per side (WET): Crane 1:
WET = ½ (WT) Max. dec. = (EFB50/WEB1) x g = (54,678/240,000) x 32.2 = 7.34 ft/sec2
WET = ½ (100,000 Ibs) Crane 2:
WET = 50,000 lbs Max. dec. = (EFB50/WEB2) x g = (54,678/283,000) x 32.2 = 6.22 ft/sec2
2. Kinetic Energy per side (KET):
C. WORKED CRANE EXAMPLE (CASE 1. CMAA)
BRIDGE (Use the same crane data as A.)
1. Calculate maximum impact weight per side,
WEB = 240,000 lbs as per the above.
2. Calculate Kinetic Energy per side (KEB) as per above,
but use:

Proceed as for bridge bumpers and select:


Oleo Bumper Model 21SBS100-105.
B. WORKED CRANE EXAMPLE (CASE 3. AIST #6)
Crane 1 Crane 2 3. So Oleo Type 21-150 has sufficient energy capacity.
W B1 = 300,000 lbs W B2 = 350,000 lbs Minimum stroke required to meet CMAA:
W T1 = 100,000 lbs W T2 = 120,000 lbs
VB1 = 6.0 ft/sec VB2 = 5.0 ft/sec
1. Maximum Impact Weight per side (WEB) for each crane
as per the previous example:
W EB1 = 240,000 lbs W EB2 = 283,000 lbs (At 85% efficiency)
Calculate the net effective weight per Table 1:
Oleo bumper Type 21-150 has SAB = 6 inches, so
it is acceptable.
4. Select Metering Pin #08 from bumper data sheet as
done previously.
5. Select options.

2. Determine the net impact velocity (VEB) per Table 1.


6. Specify Oleo Bumper Model 21SBS100-158
Note that AISET TR #6 calls for 70% of the speed of both (For rear flange mount, safety cable, #158 metering pin)
cranes or 100% of either. Here we use the 70% rule 7. EF B = 50,508 lbs.
which is greatest:
8. Average Deceleration at 20% speed (A 20%):
VEB = (.70)(VB1)+(.70)(VB2)=(.70)(6.0)+(.70)(5.0)
Substitute SAB for SRB in equation 3 and solve for actual
VEB = 7.7 ft/sec
A20%:
Kinetic Energy Per Side (KEB) using WEB and VEB from 1. A20% = 1.69 ft/sec
2
and 2. above: (For CMAA, A20% b 3 ft/sec )
2

TROLLEY
So Oleo Type 9 has sufficient energy capacity.
1. WET = 50,000 lbs.
4. Select Metering Pin from “Type 9” OIeo Bumper data
2. VET = (.5)(VT) = (.5)(3.33 ft/sec) = 1.61 ft/sec
sheet, “Metering Pin Selection Table” using KET = 2,165 ft-lbs
W EB = 129,866 ft-lbs as calculated above.
Therefore select Metering Pin #08 which is good for up Proceed as for CMAA bridge bumpers, but use:
to 176,000 lbs. 2
A33% b 4.7 ft/sec .
5. Select Options as per previous example.
Select Oleo Bumper Model 21SBS100-055.
2
EFT50% = 15,282 lbs and A33% = 3.1 ft/sec

-3-
COmmOn DESIGN COdES FOR CRanES GANTREX
COMMON CODES FOR CRANES

1. AIST TECHNICAL REPORT #6, 2005 2. CMAA SPECIFICATION #70, 2004


“Bumpers Provisions in the design of the runway and the “Bridge bumpers - Have energy absorbing (or
design of the runway stops shall consider the energy dissipating) capacity to stop the crane when
absorbing or storage device used in the crane bumper. The traveling with power off in either direction at a speed
device may be nonlinear (e.g. hydraulic bumpers) or a linear of at least 40 percent of rated load speed.
device such as a coil spring. Be capable of stopping the crane (not including
The maximum deceleration rate for both bridge and load block and lifted load unless guided vertically) at
2
trolley shall not exceed 16 fps at 50% of the full load rated a rate of deceleration not to exceed an average of 3
speed (full load rated speed shall be used unless adequate feet per second per second when traveling with
information is supplied by owner to determine the actual power off in either direction at 20 percent of rated
attainable maximum speed). Additionally, bumpers shall be load speed.
capable of absorbing the total energy at 100% full load rated Be so mounted that there is no direct shear on
speed. bolts upon impact.
Between cranes or trolleys (if two trolleys are located on Bumpers shall be designed and installed to
one bridge) bumpers shall be capable of absorbing the minimize parts falling from the crane in case of
energy from 70% of full load rated speed of both cranes or breakage or loosening of bolted connections.
trolleys traveling in opposite directions, or the energy from It is the responsibility of the owner or specifier to
100% of full load rated speed of either crane or trolley, provide the crane manufacturer with information for
whichever is the greatest. bumper design. Information necessary for proper
The design of all bumpers shall include safety cables to bumper design includes:
prevent parts from dropping to the floor. • Number of cranes on runway, bridge speed,
For computing bridge bumper energy, the trolley shall approximate weight, etc.
be placed in the end approach which will produce the • Height of runway stops or bumper above the
maximum end reaction from both bridge and trolley. This runway rail.
end reaction shall be used as the maximum weight portion • Clearance between cranes and end of run-way.
of the crane that can act on each bridge bumper. The Runway stops are normally designed and
energy absorbing capacity of the bumper shall be based on provided by the owner or specifier and are located
power-oft and shall not include the lifted load if free to at the limits of the bridge travel and engage the full
swing. Bridge bumpers shall have a contact surface of not surface of the bumper.
less than 5 in. in diameter, be located on the rail centerline Runway stops engaging the tread of the wheel
and mounted to provide proper clearance when bumpers of are not recommended.
two cranes come together and both are fully compressed. Trolley Bumpers - Have energy absorbing (or
Note: The building and end stops shall be designed to dissipating) capacity to stop the trolley when
withstand those forces of the fully loaded crane at 100% traveling with power off in either direction at a speed
rated speed (power off). Please refer to AISE T Technical of at least 50 percent of rated load speed.
Report No. 13.” Be capable of stopping the trolley (not including
load block and lifted load unless guided vertically) at
a rate of deceleration not to exceed an average of
4.7 feet per second per second when traveling with
power off in either direction at 1/3 of rated load
speed.
Be so mounted that there is no direct shear on
bolts upon impact.
Bumpers shall be designed and installed to
minimize parts falling from the trolley in case of
breakage.
Trolley stops shall be provided at the limit of the
trolley travel, and shall engage the full surface of the
bumper.
Trolley stops engaging the tread of the wheel
are not recommended.”

(From Association for Iron & Steel Technology Technical Report #6) (From Crane Manufacturer’s Association of America Spec. #70)

IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF OLEO INTERNATIONAL

TOLL FREE: 800 2 GANTREX (800) 242-6873 © GANTREX, 2003


tOLL
WebFREE: 800 2 GantREX
site: www.gantrex.com (800) 242-6873
· Email: [email protected]
PRINTED IN U.S.A.
© GANTREX, 2008
Rev. 05/03
PRINTED in U.S.A.
Web site: www.gantrex.com- •4Email:
-
[email protected]
Rev. Aug. 2017

-4-
Mounting Brackets

STANDARD BRACKETS

Gantrex hydraulic bumpers are extremely versatile with respect to mounting options. As shown in the individual
bumper data sheets, standard mounting flanges for “Front” or “Rear” mounting are most typical. Bolt pattern
and hole sizes are clearly shown in the drawings provided. Each standard mounting flange has an additional
hole to allow safety wire to be looped back from the bumper to the crane or supporting structure. If these
“standard” configurations do not suit your requirements, we are able to provide custom designed brackets or
flanges upon request. These custom designs include boltable and weldable styles.

FOOT MOUNTING BRACKETS

The following charts show standard configurations of weldable foot mounting brackets. These designs can be
easily modified to match your requirements.

STANDARD PROFILE: For Front Mount Bumper (All dimensions in inches)


Bumper Type Bracket Part No “A” “B” “C” “D” “E” Weight (lbs)
21-AFS BB21-P 3 3/8” 6 7/16” 10” 9” 3/4" 35
4-AFZ BB4-P 6” 11 1/2” 15” 14 1/2” 1” 125
52, 53, 54-AFZ BB50-P 6” 11 1/2” 12” 14” 1” 60
9-AFZ BB9-P 6” 11 1/2” 15” 14” 1” 60
76-AFZ BB76-P 6” 11 1/2” 15” 14” 1” 60
15-AFO BB15-P 6 1/2” 12 1/2” 15” 15” 1” 105

LOW PROFILE: For Capsule Bumper (All dimensions in inches)


Bumper Type Bracket Part No “B” “C” “D” “E” “F” Weight (Ibs)
21-ACP BB21-S 5” 10” 6 1/4” 1 1/4” 1” 25
4-ACP BB4-S 7 1/4” 15” 8 3/4” 2 1/4” 1 1/4” 75
52, 53, 54-ACP BB50-5 6 1/2” 12” 7 1/2” 1 1/2” 1” 65
9-ACP BB9-S 7 1/4” 15” 8 3/4” 2” 1 1/4” 80
76-ACP BB76-S 7 1/4” 15” 8 3/4” 2” 1 1/4” 80

-1-
CUSTOM BUMPER MOUNTING BRACKETS

SPECIAL DESIGNS

Custom brackets and fabrications are available to simplify mounting or retrofit of Gantrex hydraulic bumpers.
The mounting bracket can be designed to maximize the useful portion of your crane runway while maintaining
the required clearances around other cranes or end stops. The mounting plates can be designed to match
existing bolt holes to make installation easy. “Bolt-in-place” replacements streamline bumper installation
processes. We will provide an approval drawing and proposal for your evaluation. Contact GANTREX for
assistance. Some sample designs are shown below:

GANTREX reserves the right to discontinue or change specifications at any time without prior notice and without incurring any obligation.

TOLL FREE: 800 2 GANTREX (800) 242-6873 © GANTREX, 2008


PRINTED in U.S.A.
Web site: www.gantrex.com • Email: [email protected]
Rev. 2016

-2-
Industrial Hydraulic Bumper
TYPE 21
The Type 21 is a small versatile unit with a lower capacity
than other Oleo bumpers and is often found on
overhead and small gantry cranes.

There are six different bumper units available in this range


of between 2" to 12" stroke which makes it suitable for a wide
range of applications.

Product details
• 50, 100, 150, 200, 250 & 300mm
• Can be impacted repeatedly at forces up to 250kN
• Dynamic absorption capacity of up to 64kJ (at 300mm stroke)
• Metering of buffer is carefully controlled by design of internal ‘pin’ component
• Configuration options for buffer include:
• Increased corrosion resistance
• Protective bellows
• With or without front or rear positioned mounting flanges
• Temperature options available for either a minimum of -40°C or a maximum of +130°C
• Safety cable that fastens plunger to cylinder
• 100mm or 125mm diameter bumper head

Product advantages
• Industry standard bumper for a number of decades
• Efficiency of up to 90%, compared to 50% for spring bumpers, allows a reduction in damaging forces and/or installation length
• Performance can be optimized for one or more impact scenarios; reaction forces will then be optimal at any velocity
• Durable against prolonged exposure to chemical corrosion, weathering or UV radiation
• Protective bellow design has passed extensive environmental, endurance and particulate testing
• Negligible energy passed back to mass after impact

Industries

Ports and docks Mining Bespoke

Steel mills Energy


Bumper Performance Chart

Sufficient energy capacity


Check suitability with Gantrex
Insufficient energy capacity

This chart should only be used as a general indication of bumper performance.


Contact a Gantrex representative for help with bumper selection.

Dynamic and static data


Type 21/50 21/100 21/150 21/200 21/250 21/300
NOTES ON TABLES
Dynamic Capacity kJ [10] [21] [32] [43] [53] [64]
All dimensions are based on mid limit tolerances, for further information please
Maximum Permissible Force kN 250 250 250 250 250 250 contact Gantrex.

Static Start Force kN [3.4] [3.4] [3.4] [3.4] [3.4] [3.4] Values for Static Start Force can be varied to suit specific requirements, note all
buffers are inflated to the standard inflation pressure.
Static End Force kN [23] [17] [15] [25] [24] [24]
All [....] data are for reference only, for exact data please contact Gantrex.

Dimensions
Front Bracket Unit Back Bracket Unit
Type 21/50 21/100 21/150 21/200 21/250 21/300 21/50 21/100 21/150 21/200 21/250 21/300

O (Overall Length) mm 259.5 419.5 583.5 698.5 865.4 1001.7 260.5 420.5 584.5 699.5 866.4 1002.7

F (Front Bracket Position without


133.5 183.5 233.5 358.5 408.7 458.7 - - - - - -
bellows) mm
F (Front Bracket Position with
153.5 213.5 273.5 378.5 428.7 478.7 - - - - - -
bellows) mm
L (Fixed Length) mm 191.0 301.0 415.0 435.0 551.7 638.0 192.0 302.0 416.0 436.0 552.7 639.0

T (Bracket Thickness) mm 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 22.0 22.0

B* (Bumper Head Diameter) mm 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0

P (Plunger Diameter) mm 76.2 76.2 76.2 76.2 76.2 76.2 76.2 76.2 76.2 76.2 76.2 76.2

C1 (Cylinder Diameter) mm 95.0 95.0 95.0 95.0 95.0 95.0 95.0 95.0 95.0 95.0 95.0 95.0

C2 (Cylinder Diameter) mm 96.4 96.4 96.4 96.4 96.4 96.4 96.4 96.4 96.4 96.4 96.4 96.4

C3 (Cylinder Diameter) mm 104.9 104.9 104.9 104.9 104.9 104.9 104.9 104.9 104.9 104.9 104.9 104.9

S (Nominal Stroke) mm [50] [100] [150] [200] [250] [300] [50] [100] [150] [200] [250] [300]

Approx Mass with Oil kg 10.5 13.8 17.3 20.6 24.2 27.0 11.5 14.8 19.9 22.4 26.7 29.5

Dimensions Front Bracket Unit


Capsule Only
Type 21/50 21/100 21/150 21/200 21/250 21/300

O (Overall Length) mm 259.5 419.5 583.5 698.5 865.4 1001.7

F (Front Bracket Position without


- - - - - -
bellows) mm
F (Front Bracket Position with
- - - - - -
bellows) mm
L (Fixed Length) mm 191.0 301.0 415.0 435.0 551.7 638.0

T (Bracket Thickness) mm - - - - - -
Back Bracket Unit
B (Bumper Head Diameter) mm
* 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0

P (Plunger Diameter) mm 76.2 76.2 76.2 76.2 76.2 76.2

C1 (Cylinder Diameter) mm 95.0 95.0 95.0 95.0 95.0 95.0

C2 (Cylinder Diameter) mm 96.4 96.4 96.4 96.4 96.4 96.4

C3 (Cylinder Diameter) mm 104.9 104.9 104.9 104.9 104.9 104.9

S (Nominal Stroke) mm [50] [100] [150] [200] [250] [300]

Approx Mass with Oil kg 8.1 11.4 14.9 17.4 21.0 23.8

*Alternative B (Bumper Head Diameter) – 125.0 mm. Capsule Only also available without mounting brackets
©
GANTREX 2017 l Rev. 17/03 l [email protected] ©
OLEO 2017 l Rev. 17/03

www.gantrex.com
21 Series Bumpers
Type 21-50, 21-100 & 21-150

PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS:

TYPE 21-50 TYPE 21-100 TYPE 21-150


STROKE (2 ins) 50 mm (4 ins) 100 mm (6 ins) 150 mm
ENERGY CAPACITY (7,840 ft-lb) 10 kJ (15,670 ft-lb) 20 kJ (23,500 ft-lb) 30 kJ

STATIC RESISTANCE:

The graphs below show the static resistance at a slow closure speed, not at impact speed. Consult Gantrex if a
reduced static resistance is required.

METERING PIN SELECTION:

USE “We” AS DETERMINED IN BUMPER SELECTION CALCULATIONS

IMPACT WEIGHT (We)


METERING
Metric PIN CODE*
(1000 lbs)
Tonnes
UP TO 3.7 1.7 1
“ “ 7.7 3.5 2
“ “ 15.4 7.0 3
“ “ 29.0 13.0 4
“ “ 55.0 25.0 5
“ “ 110.0 50.0 6
“ “ 220.0 100.0 7
“ “ 440.0 200.0 8
“ “ 880.0 400.0 9

-1-
OLEO 21 SERIES BUMPERS GANTREX

MOUNTING BRACKET SELECTION:

REAR MOUNTING ‘L’ ‘B’ WEIGHT


21ABS100-05* (10.2 ins) 260 mm (3.0 ins) 75 mm (24 lbs) 10.6 kg
21ABS100-10* (16.5 ins) 420 mm (3.0 ins) 75 mm (31 lbs) 14.1 kg
21ABS100-15* (23.0 ins) 584 mm (4.6 ins) 118 mm (39 lbs) 17.4 kg

FRONT MOUNTING ‘C’ ‘D’ WEIGHT


21AFS100-05* (5.2 ins) 133 mm (5.0 ins) 126 mm (24 lbs) 10.6 kg
21AFS100-10* (7.2 ins) 183 mm (9.3 ins) 236 mm (31 lbs) 13.8 kg
21AFS100-15* (9.2 ins) 233 mm (13.8 ins) 350 mm (38 lbs) 17.1 kg
* Indicates Metering Pin Code (See over - Metering Pin Selection Table)

EXTERNAL FINISH: PLUNGER HAS STANDARD HARD CHROME PLATING. ALL OTHER SURFACES
HAVE RED OXIDE PRIMER READY FOR FINISH COAT OF PAINT.
MARINE PLATING: MARINE PLATING ON PLUNGER FOR MARINE OR CAUSTIC ENVIRONMENTS.
SPECIFY BY USING SUFFIX “F”. E.G. 21AFS100-103F.
BUMPER HEAD: 125mm DIAMETER HEAD REQUIRED TO MEET AIST CODE. SPECIFY BY
REPLACING “100” IN MODEL CODE WITH “125” E.G. 21SFS125-103.
SAFETY CABLE: REQUIRED TO MEET AIST AND OSHA CODES. SPECIFY BY REPLACING FIRST
LETTER “A” IN MODEL CODE WITH “S” E.G. 21SFS100-103.
PROTECTIVE BELLOWS: SPECIFY USING SUFFIX “B” E.G. 21AFS100-103B.
HIGH TEMPERATURE SEALS: USE WHERE AMBIENT TEMPERATURE IS HIGHER THAN 140°F. SPECIFY USING
SUFFIX “H” E.G. 21AFS100-103H.
LOW DRIVE DOWN FORCE: REDUCED PRE-CHARGED PRESSURE TO ALLOW FULL COMPRESSION UNDER
DRIVE MOTORS. CONSULT GANTREX FOR ASSISTANCE. SPECIFY USING
SUFFIX “L” E.G. 21AFS100-103L.
MOUNTING BRACKETS: AVAILABLE IN STANDARD, LOW AND VERY LOW FOOT MOUNTING BRACKETS.
CRANE STOPS AND EXTENDER BRACKETS ARE ALSO AVAILABLE. CONSULT
GANTREX FOR PROPOSAL DRAWING.

TOLL FREE: 800 2 GANTREX (800) 242-6873 © GANTREX, 2008


PRINTED in U.S.A.
Web site: www.gantrex.com • Email: [email protected]
Rev. 2016-2

-2-
Type 21-200 Bumper

PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS:

STROKE (8 ins) 200 mm


ENERGY CAPACITY (31,300 ft-lb) 42.5 kJ

STATIC RESISTANCE:

The graphs below show the static resistance at a slow closure speed, not at impact speed.
Consult Gantrex if a reduced static resistance is required.

METERING PIN SELECTION:

USE “We” AS DETERMINED IN BUMPER SELECTION CALCULATIONS

IMPACT WEIGHT (We)


METERING
Metric PIN CODE*
(1000 lbs)
Tonnes
UP TO 3.7 1.7 1
“ “ 7.7 3.5 2
“ “ 15.4 7.0 3
“ “ 29.0 13.0 4
“ “ 55.0 25.0 5
“ “ 110.0 50.0 6
“ “ 220.0 100.0 7
“ “ 440.0 200.0 8
“ “ 880.0 400.0 9

is the registered trademark of Oleo International

-1-
TypE 21-200 bumpER GANTREX
TypE 21-200 bumpER

mOuNTING bRACKET SELECTION:

* Indicates Metering Pin Code (See over - Metering Pin Selection Table)

EXTERNAL FINISH: PLUNGER HAS STANDARD HARD CHROME PLATING. ALL OTHER
SURFACES HAVE RED OXIDE PRIMER READY FOR FINISH COAT OF
PAINT.
MARINE
mARINE PLATING:
pLATING: MARINE PLATING ON PLUNGER FOR MARINE OR CAUSTIC
ENVIRONMENTS. SPECIFY BY USING SUFFIX “F”. E.G. 21AFS100-205F.
BUMPER
bumpER HEAD: 125mm DIAMETER HEAD REQUIRED TO MEET AIST AISE CODE. SPECIFY BY
REPLACING “100” IN MODEL CODE WITH “125” E.G. 21SFS125-205.
SAFETY
SAFETy CABLE:
CAbLE: REQUIRED TO MEET AIST
AISE AND OSHA CODES. SPECIFY BY REPLACING
FIRST LETTER “A” IN MODEL CODE WITH “S” E.G. 21SFS100-205.
PROTECTIVE
pROTECTIVE BELLOWS:
bELLOWS: SPECIFY USING SUFFIX “B”
“b” E.G. 21AFS100-205B.
21AFS100-205b.
HIGH TEMPERATURE
TEmpERATuRE USE WHERE AMBIENT TEMPERATURE IS HIGHER THAN 140oF. 140°F. SPECIFY
SEALS: USING SUFFIX “H” E.G. 21AFS100-205H.
LOW DRIVE DOWN FORCE: REDUCED PRE-CHARGED PRESSURE TO ALLOW FULL COMPRESSION
UNDER DRIVE MOTORS. CONSULT GANTREX FOR ASSISTANCE.
SPECIFY USING SUFFIX “L” E.G. 21AFS100-205L.
MOUNTING
mOuNTING BRACKETS:
bRACKETS: AVAILABLE IN STANDARD, LOW AND VERY LOW FOOT MOUNTING
BRACKETS. CRANE STOPS AND EXTENDER BRACKETS ARE ALSO
AVAILABLE. CONSULT GANTREX FOR PROPOSAL DRAWING.

TOLL FREE: 800 2 GANTREX (800) 242-6873 © GANTREX, 2003


PRINTED IN U.S.A.
TOLL
WebFREE: 800 2 GANTREX
site: www.gantrex.com (800) 242-6873
· Email: [email protected] © GANTREX, 2008
Rev. 05/03
-2- PRINTED in U.S.A.
Web site: www.gantrex.com • Email: [email protected]
Rev. 2016

-2-
Type 4 Bumper

PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS:

STROKE (4 1/2 ins) 114 mm


ENERGY CAPACITY (71,500 ft lbs) 97 kJ

STATIC RESISTANCE:

The graphs below show the static resistance at a slow closure speed, not at impact speed. Consult
Gantrex if a reduced static resistance is required.

METERING PIN SELECTION:

USE “We” AS DETERMINED IN BUMPER SELECTION CALCULATIONS

IMPACT WEIGHT (We)


METERING
Metric
(1000 lbs) PIN CODE*
Tonnes
UP TO 8.8 4 02
“ “ 22 10 04
“ “ 44 20 05
“ “ 88 40 07
“ “ 176 80 08
“ “ 276 125 10
“ “ 496 225 11
“ “ 827 375 13
“ “ 1158 525 15
“ “ 1654 750 16

is the registered trademark of Oleo International

-1-
- 2-
TypE 4 bumpER GANTREX

mOuNTING bRACKET SELECTION:

* Indicates Metering Pin Code (See over - Metering Pin Selection Table)

EXTERNAL FINISH: PLUNGER IS MARINE PLATED. ALL OTHER SURFACES HAVE RED
OXIDE PRIMER READY FOR FINISH COAT OF PAINT.
SAFETy CAbLE: REQUIRED TO MEET AIST AND OSHA/CMAA CODES. SPECIFY BY REPLACING
FIRST LETTER “A” IN MODEL CODE WITH “S” E.G. 4SFZ140-07.
pROTECTIVE bELLOWS: SPECIFY USING SUFFIX “b” E.G. 4AFZ140-07b.
HIGH TEmpERATuRE USE WHERE AMBIENT TEMPERATURE IS HIGHER THAN 140°F. SPECIFY
SEALS: USING SUFFIX “H” E.G. 4AFZ140-07H.
LOW DRIVE DOWN FORCE: REDUCED PRE-CHARGED PRESSURE TO ALLOW FULL COMPRESSION
UNDER DRIVE MOTORS. CONSULT GANTREX FOR ASSISTANCE.
SPECIFY USING SUFFIX “L” E.G. 4AFZ140-07L.
mOuNTING bRACKETS: AVAILABLE IN STANDARD, LOW AND VERY LOW FOOT MOUNTING
BRACKETS. CRANE STOPS AND EXTENDER BRACKETS ARE ALSO
AVAILABLE. CONSULT GANTREX FOR PROPOSAL DRAWING.

NOTE: All part numbers referenced in this document are GANTREX part numbers

TOLL FREE: 800 2 GANTREX (800) 242-6873


PRINTED IN U.S.A.
TOLL FREE: 800 2 GANTREX (800) 242-6873 © GANTREX, 2008
Rev. 05/03
PRINTED in U.S.A.
Web site: www.gantrex.com • Email: [email protected]
Rev. 2016

-2-
50 Series Bumpers

PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS:

TYPE 52 TYPE 53 TYPE 54


STROKE (10 ins) 250 mm (11 3/4 ins) 300 mm (15 3/4 ins) 400 mm
ENERGY CAPACITY (78,400 ft-lb) 106 kJ (94,000 ft-lb) 128 kJ (117,500 ft-lb) 160 kJ

STATIC RESISTANCE:

The graphs below show the static resistance at a slow closure speed, not at impact speed. Consult Gantrex if a
reduced static resistance is required.

METERING PIN SELECTION:

USE “We” AS DETERMINED IN BUMPER SELECTION CALCULATIONS

IMPACT WEIGHT (We) METERING PIN CODES*


Metric
(1000 lbs) TYPE 52 TYPE 53 TYPE 54
Tonnes
UP TO 22 10 204 304 404
“ “ 44 20 205 305 405
“ “ 88 40 207 307 407
“ “ 176 80 208 308 408
“ “ 330 150 210 310 410
“ “ 662 300 212 312 412
“ “ 1323 600 215 315 415
“ “ 2205 1000 219 319 419
“ “ 4410 2000 222 322 422

is the registered trademark of Oleo International

-1-
50 SERiES BumpERS GANTREX
TypE 50 SERiES BumpERS

mOuNTiNG BRACKET SELECTiON:

REAR mOuNTiNG ‘L’ ‘S’ STROKE WEiGHT


52ABZ140-* (34.3 ins) 870.5 mm (10 ins) 250 mm (130 lbs) 59 kg
53ABZ140-* (39.6 ins) 1005 mm (11 3/4 ins) 300 mm (139 lbs) 63 kg
54ABZ140-* (50.2 ins) 1275.5 mm (15 3/4 ins) 400 mm (159 lbs) 72 kg

FRONT mOuNTiNG ‘C’ ‘S’ STROKE WEiGHT


52AFZ140-* (20.8 ins) 528 mm (10 ins) 250 mm (121 lbs) 55 kg
53AFZ140-* (22.7 ins) 577 mm (11 3/4 ins) 300 mm (130 lbs) 59 kg
54AFZ140-* (26.6 ins) 677 mm (15 3/4 ins) 400 mm (150 lbs) 68 kg
* Indicates Metering Pin Code (See over - Metering Pin Selection Table)

FINISH:
EXTERNAL FiNiSH: PLUNGER IS MARINE PLATED. ALL OTHER SURFACES HAVE RED OXIDE
PRIMER READY FOR FINISH COAT OF PAINT.
SAFETY CABLE:
SAFETy REQUIRED TO MEET AISE
AIST AND OSHA CODES. SPECIFY BY REPLACING FIRST
LETTER “A” IN MODEL CODE WITH “S” E.G. 52SFZ140-212.
PROTECTIVE BELLOWS:
pROTECTiVE SPECIFY USING SUFFIX “B” E.G. 52AFZ140-212B.
HIGH TEmpERATuRE
HiGH TEMPERATURE SEALS: USE WHERE AMBIENT TEMPERATURE IS HIGHER THAN 140°F.140oF. SPECIFY USING
SUFFIX “H” E.G. 52AFZ140-212H.
LOW DRiVE
DRIVE DOWN FORCE: REDUCED PRE-CHARGED PRESSURE TO ALLOW FULL COMPRESSION UNDER
DRIVE MOTORS. CONSULT GANTREX FOR ASSISTANCE. SPECIFY USING
SUFFIX “L” E.G. 52AFZ140-212L.
MOUNTING BRACKETS:
mOuNTiNG AVAILABLE IN STANDARD, LOW AND VERY LOW FOOT MOUNTING BRACKETS.
CRANE STOPS AND EXTENDER BRACKETS ARE ALSO AVAILABLE. CONSULT
GANTREX FOR PROPOSAL DRAWING.

TOLL FREE: 800 2 GANTREX (800) 242-6873 © GANTREX, 2003


PRINTED IN U.S.A.
TOLL FREE:
Web 800 2 GANTREX
site: www.gantrex.com (800) 242-6873
· Email: [email protected] © GANTREX, 2008
Rev. 05/03
-2- PRINTED in U.S.A.
Web site: www.gantrex.com • Email: [email protected]
Rev. 2016

-2-
Type 9 Bumper

PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS:

STROKE (15 3/4 ins) 400 mm


ENERGY CAPACITY (175,500 ft lbs) 238 kJ

STATIC RESISTANCE:

The graphs below show the static resistance at a slow closure speed, not at impact speed. Consult
Gantrex if a reduced static resistance is required.

METERING PIN SELECTION:

USE “We” AS DETERMINED IN BUMPER SELECTION CALCULATIONS

IMPACT WEIGHT (We)


METERING
Metric PIN CODE*
(1000 lbs)
Tonnes
UP TO 22 10 04
“ “ 44 20 05
“ “ 88 40 07
“ “ 176 80 08
“ “ 330 150 10
“ “ 662 300 12
“ “ 1323 600 15
“ “ 1764 800 17
“ “ 2205 1000 19
“ “ 4410 2000 22

is the registered trademark of Oleo International

-1-
TypE 9 BumpER GANTREX
TypE 9 BumpER

mOuNTING BRACKET SELECTION:

* Indicates Metering Pin Code (See over - Metering Pin Selection Table)

EXTERNAL FINISH: PLUNGER IS MARINE PLATED. ALL OTHER SURFACES HAVE RED
OXIDE PRIMER READY FOR FINISH COAT OF PAINT.
SAFETy CABLE:
SAFETY AISE AND OSHA CODES. SPECIFY BY REPLACING
REQUIRED TO MEET AIST
FIRST LETTER “A” IN MODEL CODE WITH “S” E.G. 9SFZ140-12.
pROTECTIVE BELLOWS:
PROTECTIVE SPECIFY USING SUFFIX “B” E.G. 9AFZ140-12B.
TEmpERATuRE
HIGH TEMPERATURE USE WHERE AMBIENT TEMPERATURE IS HIGHER THAN 140oF.140°F. SPECIFY
SEALS: USING SUFFIX “H” E.G. 9AFZ140-12H.
LOW DRIVE DOWN FORCE: REDUCED PRE-CHARGED PRESSURE TO ALLOW FULL COMPRESSION
UNDER DRIVE MOTORS. CONSULT GANTREX FOR ASSISTANCE.
SPECIFY USING SUFFIX “L” E.G. 9AFZ140-12L.
mOuNTING BRACKETS:
MOUNTING AVAILABLE IN STANDARD, LOW AND VERY LOW FOOT MOUNTING
BRACKETS. CRANE STOPS AND EXTENDER BRACKETS ARE ALSO
AVAILABLE. CONSULT GANTREX FOR PROPOSAL DRAWING.

TOLL FREE: 800 2 GANTREX (800) 242-6873 © GANTREX, 2003


PRINTED IN U.S.A.
TOLL FREE:
Web 800 2 GANTREX
site: www.gantrex.com (800) 242-6873
· Email: [email protected] © GANTREX, 2008
Rev. 05/03
-2- PRINTED in U.S.A.
Web site: www.gantrex.com • Email: [email protected]
Rev. 2016

-2-
Industrial Hydraulic Bumper
TYPE 70
The Type 70 bumper is a long stroke 700kN bumper
available with 19.5" and 23.5" stroke that offers good
all-round performance for a number of different heavy
duty applications.

They are commonly used on dockside cranes, the heavy


machinery used for bulk material-handling and rail end stops.

Product details
• Can be impacted repeatedly at forces up to 700kN
• Dynamic absorption capacity of up to 367kJ (at 600mm stroke)
• Metering of bumper is carefully controlled by design of internal ‘pin’ component
• Configuration options for buffer include:
• Increased corrosion resistance
• Protective bellows – standard or with extra protection against intense sunlight
• With or without front or rear positioned mounting flanges
• Temperature options available for either a minimum of -40°C or a maximum of +130°C
• Safety cable that fastens plunger to cylinder
• 140mm or 200mm diameter buffer head

Product advantages
• Long life cycle reduces lifetime cost
• Performance can be optimised for one or more impact scenarios; reaction forces will then be optimal at any velocity
• Durable against prolonged exposure to chemical corrosion, weathering or UV radiation
• Protective bellow design has passed extensive environmental, endurance and particulate testing
• Negligible energy passed back to mass after impact

Industries

Ports and docks End stops

Mining Bespoke
Bumper Performance Chart

Sufficient energy capacity


Check suitability with Gantrex
Insufficient energy capacity

This chart should only be used as a general indication of bumper performance.


Contact a Gantrex representative for help with bumper selection.

Dynamic and static data


Type 75 76 NOTES ON TABLES
Dynamic Capacity kJ [298] [357] All dimensions are based on mid limit tolerances, for further information please
contact Gantrex.
Maximum Permissible Force kN 700 700
Values for Static Start Force can be varied to suit specific requirements, note all
Static Start Force kN [12.0] [12.0] buffers are inflated to the standard inflation pressure.

Static End Force kN [52] [168] All [....] data are for reference only, for exact data please contact Gantrex.

Dimensions
Front Bracket Unit Back Bracket Unit Capsule Only
Type 75 76 75 76 75 76
O** (Overall Length) mm 1619.7 1719.7 1619.9 1719.9 1619.7 1719.9
F** (Front Bracket Position) mm 833.2 933.2 - - - -
L (Fixed Length) mm 1004.8 1004.8 1005.0 1005.0 1004.8 1004.8
T (Bracket Thickness) mm 19.0 19.0 30.0 30.0 - -
B* (Bumper Head Diameter) mm 140.0 140.0 140.0 140.0 140.0 140.0
P (Plunger Diameter) mm 112.8 112.8 112.8 112.8 112.8 112.8
C1 (Cylinder Diameter) mm 144.0 144.0 144.0 144.0 144.0 144.0
C2 (Cylinder Diameter) mm 139.7 139.7 139.7 139.7 139.7 139.7
C3 (Cylinder Diameter) mm 139.2 139.2 139.2 139.2 139.2 139.2
S (Nominal Stroke) mm [500] [600] [500] [600] [500] [600]
Approx Mass with Oil kg 93.5 95.8 129.8 132.1 77.0 79.4

*Alternative B (Bumper Head Diameter) –


200.0mm. ** Please note option F & O may vary

Front Bracket Unit Back Bracket Unit

Capsule Only also available without mounting brackets

©
GANTREX 2017 l Rev. 17/03 l [email protected] ©
OLEO 2017 l Rev. 17/03

www.gantrex.com
Type 76 Bumper

PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS:

STROKE (23 1/2 ins) 600 mm


ENERGY CAPACITY (263,300 ft lbs) 357 kJ

STATIC RESISTANCE:

The graphs below show the static resistance at a slow closure speed, not at impact speed. Consult
Gantrex if a reduced static resistance is required.

METERING PIN SELECTION:

USE “We” AS DETERMINED IN BUMPER SELECTION CALCULATIONS

IMPACT WEIGHT (We)


METERING
Metric
(1000 lbs) PIN CODE*
Tonnes
UP TO 22 10 604
“ “ 44 20 605
“ “ 88 40 607
“ “ 176 80 608
“ “ 330 150 610
“ “ 662 300 612
“ “ 1323 600 615
“ “ 1764 800 617
“ “ 2205 1000 619
“ “ 4410 2000 622

is the registered trademark of Oleo International

-1-
TypE 76 BumpER GANTREX
TypE 76 BumpER

mOuNTING BRACKET SELECTION: mOuNTING BRACKET BOLT pATTERNS:

* Indicates Metering Pin Code (See over - Metering Pin Selection Table)

EXTERNAL FINISH: PLUNGER IS MARINE PLATED. ALL OTHER SURFACES HAVE RED
OXIDE PRIMER READY FOR FINISH COAT OF PAINT.
SAFETY
SAFETy CABLE: REQUIRED TO MEET AIST
AISE AND OSHA CODES. SPECIFY BY
REPLACING FIRST LETTER “A” IN MODEL CODE WITH “S” E.G.
76SFZ140-612.
PROTECTIVE
pROTECTIVE BELLOWS: SPECIFY USING SUFFIX “B” E.G. 76AFZ140-612B.
HIGH TEMPERATURE
TEmpERATuRE SEALS: USE WHERE AMBIENT TEMPERATURE IS HIGHER THAN 140oF.
140°F.
SPECIFY USING SUFFIX “H” E.G. 76AFZ140-612H.
LOW DRIVE DOWN FORCE: REDUCED PRE-CHARGED PRESSURE TO ALLOW FULL
COMPRESSION UNDER DRIVE MOTORS. CONSULT GANTREX FOR
ASSISTANCE. SPECIFY USING SUFFIX “L” E.G. 76AFZ140-612L.
MOUNTING
mOuNTING BRACKETS: AVAILABLE IN STANDARD, LOW AND VERY LOW FOOT MOUNTING
BRACKETS. CRANE STOPS AND EXTENDER BRACKETS ARE ALSO
AVAILABLE. CONSULT GANTREX FOR PROPOSAL DRAWING.

TOLL FREE: 800 2 GANTREX (800) 242-6873 © GANTREX, 2003


PRINTED IN U.S.A.
TOLL FREE:
Web 800 2 GANTREX
site: www.gantrex.com (800) 242-6873
· Email: [email protected] © GANTREX, 2008
Rev. 05/03
-2- PRINTED in U.S.A.
Web site: www.gantrex.com • Email: [email protected]
Rev. 2016

-2-
Type 15 Bumper

PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS:

STROKE (31-1/2 ins) 800 mm


ENERGY CAPACITY (351,000 ft-lb) 476 kJ

STATIC RESISTANCE:

The graphs below show the static resistance at a slow closure speed, not at impact speed. Consult
Gantrex if a reduced static resistance is required.

METERING PIN SELECTION:

USE “We” AS DETERMINED IN BUMPER SELECTION CALCULATIONS

IMPACT WEIGHT (We)


METERING
Metric
(1000 lbs) PIN CODE*
Tonnes
UP TO 11 5 04
“ “ 22 10 05
“ “ 44 20 07
“ “ 88 40 08
“ “ 165 75 10
“ “ 330 150 12
“ “ 662 300 15
“ “ 882 400 17
“ “ 1103 500 19
“ “ 2205 1000 22

is the registered trademark of Oleo International

-1-
TypE 15 BumpER GANTREX
TypE 15 BumpER

mOuNTING BRACKET SELECTION:

* Indicates Metering Pin Code (See over - Metering Pin Selection Table)

EXTERNAL FINISH: PLUNGER IS MARINE PLATED. ALL OTHER SURFACES HAVE RED
OXIDE PRIMER READY FOR FINISH COAT OF PAINT.
SAFETy CABLE:
SAFETY AISE AND OSHA CODES. SPECIFY BY
REQUIRED TO MEET AIST
REPLACING FIRST LETTER “A” IN MODEL CODE WITH “S” E.G.
15SFO200-08.
pROTECTIVE BELLOWS:
PROTECTIVE SPECIFY USING SUFFIX “B” E.G. 15AFO200-08B.
TEmpERATuRE SEALS:
HIGH TEMPERATURE 140°F.
USE WHERE AMBIENT TEMPERATURE IS HIGHER THAN 140oF.
SPECIFY USING SUFFIX “H” E.G. 15AFO200-08H.
LOW DRIVE DOWN FORCE: REDUCED PRE-CHARGED PRESSURE TO ALLOW FULL
COMPRESSION UNDER DRIVE MOTORS. CONSULT GANTREX FOR
ASSISTANCE. SPECIFY USING SUFFIX “L” E.G. 15AFO200-08L.
mOuNTING BRACKETS:
MOUNTING AVAILABLE IN STANDARD, LOW AND VERY LOW FOOT MOUNTING
BRACKETS. CRANE STOPS AND EXTENDER BRACKETS ARE ALSO
AVAILABLE. CONSULT GANTREX FOR PROPOSAL DRAWING.

TOLL FREE: 800 2 GANTREX (800) 242-6873 © GANTREX, 2003


PRINTED IN U.S.A.
TOLL FREE:
Web 800 2 GANTREX
site: www.gantrex.com (800) 242-6873
· Email: [email protected] © GANTREX, 2008
Rev. 05/03
-2- PRINTED in U.S.A.
Web site: www.gantrex.com • Email: [email protected]
Rev. 2016

-2-
Type 712 Bumper

PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS:

STROKE (47 ins) 1200 mm


ENERGY CAPACITY (526,600 ft-lb) 714 kJ

STATIC RESISTANCE:

The graphs below show the static resistance at a slow closure speed, not at impact speed. Consult
Gantrex if a reduced static resistance is required.

METERING PIN SELECTION:

USE “We” AS DETERMINED IN BUMPER SELECTION CALCULATIONS

IMPACT WEIGHT (We)


METERING
Metric
(1000 lbs) PIN CODE*
Tonnes
UP TO 22 10 05
“ “ 44 20 07
“ “ 88 40 08
“ “ 165 75 10
“ “ 330 150 12
“ “ 662 300 15
“ “ 882 400 17
“ “ 1103 500 19
“ “ 2205 1000 22

is the registered trademark of Oleo International

-1-
TypE 712 BumpER GANTREX
TypE 712 BumpER

mOuNTING BRACKET SELECTION:

mOuNTING BRACKET BOLT pATTERN: * Indicates Metering Pin Code


(See over - Metering Pin Selection Table)

EXTERNAL FINISH: PLUNGER IS MARINE PLATED. ALL OTHER SURFACES HAVE RED
OXIDE PRIMER READY FOR FINISH COAT OF PAINT.
SAFETY
SAFETy CABLE: REQUIRED TO MEET AIST
AISE AND
AND OSHA
OSHA CODES.
CODES. SPECIFY
SPECIFY BY
BY
REPLACING FIRST LETTER “A” IN MODEL CODE WITH “S” E.G.
712SFO200-15.
PROTECTIVE
pROTECTIVE BELLOWS: SPECIFY USING SUFFIX “B” E.G. 712AFO200-15B.
HIGH TEMPERATURE
TEmpERATuRE SEALS: USE WHERE AMBIENT TEMPERATURE IS HIGHER THAN 140oF.140°F.
SPECIFY USING SUFFIX “H” E.G. 712AFO200-15H.
LOW DRIVE DOWN FORCE: REDUCED PRE-CHARGED PRESSURE TO ALLOW FULL
COMPRESSION UNDER DRIVE MOTORS. CONSULT GANTREX
GANTREX FOR
FOR
ASSISTANCE. SPECIFY USING SUFFIX “L” E.G. 712AFO200-15L.
MOUNTING
mOuNTING BRACKETS: AVAILABLE IN STANDARD, LOW AND VERY LOW FOOT MOUNTING
BRACKETS. CRANE STOPS AND EXTENDER BRACKETS ARE ALSO
AVAILABLE. CONSULT GANTREX FOR PROPOSAL DRAWING.

TOLL FREE: 800 2 GANTREX (800) 242-6873 © GANTREX, 2003


PRINTED IN U.S.A.
TOLL FREE:
Web 800 2 GANTREX
site: www.gantrex.com (800) 242-6873
· Email: [email protected] © GANTREX, 2008
Rev. 05/03
-2- PRINTED in U.S.A.
Web site: www.gantrex.com • Email: [email protected]
Rev. 2016

-2-
Storm Bumpers

CRANE WITH STANDARD BUMPER STORM BUMPER

Container cranes, gantry cranes and other rail mounted machines are often located in environments where the
danger from high winds or microbursts can cause serious safety problems. Sudden, high winds can propel a crane
along its runway until it impacts the end stops. Often the impact speed is considerably higher than the full load rated
travel speed of the crane. A storm bumper can offer protection for most container cranes at speeds up to 5 miles per
hour with limited bumper end force. Storm bumpers consist of one or more hydraulic bumpers mounted on the end
stops of the pier. A suitable striking surface on the crane leg or end truck engages the bumper.

Controlling impacts and reducing resultant damaging effects have historically been a problem in heavy crane
applications. OIeo hydraulic bumpers are efficient and effective energy absorbers that offer the following features:

ƒ Provide uniform deceleration and low end forces, with over 95% efficiency in energy absorption and
dissipation

ƒ Allow easy drive down for maximum end approach, through fatigueless gas spring return

ƒ Provide reliability and durability even in caustic or marine environments due to their heavy-duty, forged steel
construction

ƒ Are available in a full range of standard bumper sizes and configurations with energy capacity over
1,000,000 ft-lbs

ƒ Are warranted for one year

-1-
OLEO STORM BUMPER GANTREX

OPERATING PRINCIPLE
The Oleo bumper is basically a large oil dashpot,
incorporating a variable orifice, and the sectional
illustration shows its simple, heavy duty construction.
Under impact, the plunger is forced into the cylinder
displacing oil through the orifice into the plunger, moving
the separator piston towards the bumper head and
compressing the air (nitrogen) to a higher pressure. The
compressed air (nitrogen) acting through the separator
piston on to the oil forms the recoil “spring” to re-extend
the bumper plunger.

STORM BUMPER SELECTION EXAMPLE


Container Crane Total Weight = 2,700,000 lbs
Maximum Allowable End Force Per Corner = 330,000 lbs
Protect the Crane at up to 5 mph
Impact Weight Per Corner = 1/2 (Total Crane Weight)
= 1,350,000 lbs

Impact Weight Per Corner can be greater than the above. Sometimes this can be as much as 60% of total crane
weight. In the Engineering Data table below, look in the “Maximum Impact Weight Per Corner” column, under the
desired speed, for the calculated “Impact Weight Per Corner”. In this example, we have 1,350,000 lbs and the Storm
Bumper Model SB-6 at 5 mph is rated for up to 1,392,952 lbs. Therefore, this is an acceptable solution. Now, we can
calculate the Kinetic Energy per corner as follows:
2
= 1/2 (Impact Weight / 32.2) x (Speed x 1.467)
2
Kinetic Energy Per Corner at 5 mph = 1/2 (1,350,000 lbs / 32.2) x (5 mph x 1 .467)
= 1,127,841 ft-lbs
(Kinetic Energy)
Actual End Force Per Corner at 5 mph = -----------------------------
(Efficiency) x (Stroke)
(1,127,841 ft-lbs)
= ------------------------
(.90) x (47 in/12)
= 319,954 lbs

ENGINEERING DATA
Max End Force Energy Maximum Impact Weight
Storm Bumper Stroke
Per Corner Capacity Per Corner At Typical Speeds: (Ibs)
Model (inches)
(Ibs) (ft-Ibs) 3 MPH 4 MPH 5 MPH
SB - 1 23.5 165,000 290,800 967,328 544,122 348,238
SB - 2 31.5 165,000 389,800 1,296,645 729,363 466,792
SB - 3 47.0 165,000 581,600 1,934,655 1,088,244 696,476
SB - 4 23.5 330,000 581,600 1,934,655 1,088,244 696,476
SB - 5 31.5 330,000 779,600 2,593,289 1,458,725 933,584
SB - 6 47.0 330,000 1,163,200 3,869,310 2,176,487 1,392,952
Note: Other speeds available upon request.

Custom designed solutions for higher speeds, special deceleration requirements or other physical constraints are
available. Please consult GANTREX for application assistance and a complete proposal.

is the registered trademark of Oleo Pneumatics Ltd.

TOLL FREE: 800 2 GANTREX (800) 242-6873 © GANTREX, 2008


PRINTED in U.S.A.
Web site: www.gantrex.com • Email: [email protected]
Rev. 2016

-2-
Series 110
Hydraulic
type 712 Bumpers
bumper
Series 110
type 712 bumper
Hydraulic Bumpers
pErFOrmaNcE cHaracTEriSTicS:
pErFOrmaNcE cHaracTEriSTicS:
STrOKE (47 ins) 1200 mm
iNTrOducTiON STrOKE
ENErGy capaciTy (47 ins)
(526,600 ft lbs)
1200 mm
714 kJ
Modern industrial applications whereENErGy capaciTy
the bumper (526,600
is installed ft lbs)
primarily 714 an
as kJ
STaTic rESiSTaNcE:
emergency
STaTic stop are the intended applications for the 110 series bumpers. These
rESiSTaNcE:
devices bringbelow
The graphs
The graphs the show
below crane
show
the to a stop
the static
static in aatatcontrolled
resistance
resistance manner.
a slow closure
a slow closure speed, notThe longspeed.
speed, not at impact
at impact strokes
speed. minimize
Consult
Consult
Gantrex if a reduced static resistance is required.
end Gantrex
forcesif on the building
a reduced as well
static resistance as on the crane.
is required.

priNcipLE OF OpEraTiON
Upon impact, the plunger displaces oil through orifices in the metering tube, into
the reservoir. The size and position of these orifices can be varied to suit different
mass ranges. Plunger return is achieved by a gas spring recoil system. During
production, the gas spring is inflated with nitrogen gas and sealed for the life of the
bumper.

The bumper is designed with low static resistance. Under slow closure, the low
resistance allows the shock absorber plunger to be driven in, thus maximizing
runway approaches.

The shock absorbers can be supplied with options such as safety cables, bellows,
low and high temperature seals, marine plating for outdoor use, to suit a range of
requirements.
mETEriNG
mETEriNG
piN SELEcTiON:
piN SELEcTiON:
USE “We” AS DETERMINED IN BUMPER SELECTION CALCULATIONS
USE “We” AS DETERMINED IN BUMPER SELECTION CALCULATIONS
impacT WEiGHT (We)
iNSTaLLaTiON mETHOdS impacT WEiGHT (We)
metric
mETEriNG
mETEriNG
(1000 lbs) metric piN cOdE*
Standard mounting methods
(1000 lbs) includeTonnes
front flangepiN
Tonnes
mounting,
cOdE* front foot with rear
flange and front andUP rear
UP
TO feet.
TO
22 The two
22
10smaller units05can also be supplied with
10 05
“ “ 44 20 07
standard rear flanges.“ “
“ “ 44
88 20
40 07
08
“ “ 88 40 08
“ “ 165 75 10
““ ““ 165
330 75
150 10
12
In addition, special brackets
“ “
“ “ 330can be supplied,
662 150
300
based1215
on a customer’s needs,
“ “ 662
allowing for all sizes“ to“ be converted 300
to 15
882 400rear mount or17 any other special mounting
“ “ 882 400 17
arrangement. These““ can “
“ be supplied 500
1103
1103 fabricated and19
500 19pre-assembled to the bumper.
“ “ 2205 1000 22
Please consult Gantrex“ “ for2205 details. 1000 22

-1-
is the registered trademark of Oleo International
is the registered trademark of Oleo International
-1-
-1-

-1-
OLEO SEriES 110 HydrauLic BumpErS GANTREX

OLEO SEriES 110 HydrauLic BumpErS

iNSTaLLaTiON daTa

-2-

-2-
GANTREX OLEO SEriES 110 HydrauLic BumpErS

OLEO SEriES 110 HydrauLic BumpErS

pErFOrmaNcE daTa
model Number 110-200 110-400 110-600 110-800 110-1000 110-1200
Stroke (ins.) 7.87 15.75 23.5 31.5 39.25 47
Bumper Weight (lbs.) 99 128 156 194 223 258

Energy capacity (ft./lbs.)


Mounting Codes F,D,T 39,086 77,434 99,558 110,619 124,631 132,743
Mounting Code B 24,901 44,300 N/A N/A N/A N/A

max. End-Force (lbs.)


Mounting Codes F,D,T 78,684 78,684 67,443 56,203 44,962 40,466
Mounting Code B 50,625 45,000 N/A N/A N/A N/A

max. impact angle (deg.)


Mounting Codes F,D,T 2.5 2.5 2 2 1.5 1.5
Mounting Code B 1.5 1.5 N/A N/A N/A N/A

metering Tube availability


mass range
Size (lbs. x 1000)
02 0 - 11 x
04 11 - 28 x x
05 22 - 55 x x x x x x
07 44 - 110 x x x x x x
08 88 - 220 x x x x x x
10 176 - 441 x x x x x x
12 331 - 771 x x x x x x
15 661 - 1543 x x x x x x
19 1322 - 2755 x x x x x x
22 2204 - 5510 x x x x x x

Temperature range
Normal -4°F to 140°F (-20°C to 60°C)
High 68°F to 248°F (20°C to 120°C)
Low -40°F to 104°F (-40°C to 40°C)

dimensional information
L1 33.03 57.83 77.75 100.94 120.63 143.11
L11 * 33.42 58.22 78.14 101.33 121.02 143.5
L2 14.17 26.69 34.57 42.44 50.31 58.19
L12 * 14.56 27.08 34.96 42.83 50.7 58.58
L3 5.47 10.12 10.12 10.12 10.12 10.12
L4 21.22 33.5 45.55 60.91 72.68 87.28
L5 18.66 30.94 42.99 58.35 70.12 84.72

* Use L11 in place of L1 and L12 in place of L2 when using the bellows option.

-3-

-3-
OLEO SEriES 110 HydrauLic BumpErS GANTREX
OLEO SEriES 110 HydrauLic BumpErS

110 SEriES BumpEr parT NumBEriNG cOdES (* see examples below)


Numbering sequence is 110Ba-ccc-dd-EE<H>
110 B a ccc dd EE <H>
Stroke metering tube
Bumper Special
Seal specification mounting Bumper head mass range
type ins. # options
(x 1000 lbs.)
Standard finish and
Front
110 N temperature. F 000 No head 02 7.87 02 0 to 11
flange
68o to 140o F.
130 Head only 04 15.75 04 11 to 28
Marine plating with
Rear
m std. temperature. B 13N Head w/bellows 06 23.5 05 22 to 55
flange
68o to 140o F.
Head with safety
13S cable attachment but 08 31.5 07 44 to 110
without cable
Standard finish with
H high temperature. c Capsule 10 39.25 08 88 to 220
68o to 248o F.
Head with safety
13T cable for front flange 12 47 10 176 to 441
mount bumper
Marine plating with Rear
G high temperature. d flange/front 12 331 to 771
68o to 248o F. foot
Head with safety cable
13r for rear flange mount 15 661 to 1543
bumper
Standard finish with
Front and
L low temperature. T 19 1322 to 2755
rear feet
-40o to 68o F.
Head with bellows
13K and safety cable for 22 2204 to 5510
front flange bumper
Marine plating with
K low temperature.
-40o to 68o F.
Head with bellows
13L and safety cable for
rear flange bumper
Head with bellows,
safety cable
13J
attachment but
no cable

* Sample part numbers

(a) 23.5" stroke unit with front flange, safety cable, standard finish with high temperature seals, effective impact weight of 300,000 lbs.
Part # 110HF-13T-0610

(b) 7.87" stroke unit, with rear flange, bellows, standard finish, normal temperature, effective impact weight of 700,000 lbs.
Part # 110NB-13N-0212, Part # 110NB-13N-0215, etc.

TOLL FrEE: 800 2 GaNTrEX (800) 242-6873 © GANTREX, 2003


TOLL FrEE:
Web 800 2 GaNTrEX
site: www.gantrex.com (800) 242-6873
· Email: [email protected]
PRINTED IN U.S.A.
© GANTREX, 2008
Rev. 05/03
PRINTED in U.S.A.
-4-
Web site: www.gantrex.com • Email: [email protected]
Rev. 2016

-4-
LDi Series 200 Bumpers
Type 204 - 212

INTRODUCTION
Gantrex is proud to present the LDi Series 200 bumper, designed for lighter duty applications than the
Oleo heavy industrial range of shock absorbers.

PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
The operation of the Series 200 bumper is very simple. Upon impact, the plunger displaces oil through
orifices in the metering tube into the oil reservoir. The size and position of these orifices can be varied to suit
different ranges of weights.

Plunger reset is achieved by a gas spring return system. During production, the gas spring is inflated with
nitrogen gas to a pressure of 72.5 psi (5 bar) and sealed for life. It requires no further attention after leaving the
factory. The testing procedure utilizes a tracer gas which, although inert, can be detected in minute traces by
sophisticated quality control equipment.

By virtue of the design of the bumper, under slow closure, the resistance is very low, which means that the
bumper can easily be driven down, thus utilizing maximum runway length and better hook approach.

STATIC RESISTANCE

-1-
OLEO LDi SERIES 200 HYDRAULIC BUMPERS GANTREX

PERFORMANCE AND DIMENSIONAL DATA

* When safety cables and/or bellows options are used, increase dimensions L1, L2 and L5 as follows:

• For bellows only, add 3.15 inches


• For safety cable plus bellows, add 3.15 inches

IMPORTANT NOTES
1. If ambient temperature is below -4°F (-20° C), special seals may be required.
2. Angular misalignment must not exceed 2°.
3. Within the performance capability of the shock absorber, it is possible, on special request, to supply
metering tubes for higher mass ranges.
4. Shock absorber can be mounted in any position.
5. Unit is factory sealed and should never need gas or oil added.

CODING DATA

-2-
GANTREX OLEO LDi SERIES 200 HYDRAULIC BUMPERS

STANDARD MOUNTING OPTIONS

-3-
OLEO LDi SERIES 200 HYDRAULIC BUMPERS GANTREX

INSTALLATION

The Series 200 bumper is shipped fully compressed. A retaining strap and bolt arrangement is used
to keep the plunger compressed to reduce
transportation costs and make handling easier.

The bumper can be completely installed without


removing the retaining strap. To release the retain-
ing strap, unscrew both of the strap bolts by only
two turns each.

Using a hammer or screwdriver, drive the strap out


of the way of the plunger.

WARNING
AT ALL TIMES KEEP FINGERS WELL CLEAR AS
PLUNGER WILL EXTEND RAPIDLY ONCE FREE
OF THE STRAP.

Remove the strap and the bolts and check for full
extension.

SAMPLE APPLICATIONS

TOLL FREE: 800 2 GANTREX (800) 242-6873 © GANTREX, 2008


PRINTED in U.S.A.
Web site: www.gantrex.com • Email: [email protected]
Rev. 2016

-4-
Small Hydraulic
Crane Bumpers

Gantrex GCB-S small hydraulic crane bumpers have been Type GCB-S
Gantrex small
designed and hydraulic
configured cranetobumpers
providehave been specially
reliable, uniform
deceleration of moving equipment - at an affordableuniform
designed and configured to provide reliable, price.
deceleration
The units areof moving
built with equipment
a threaded- at an affordable
body and canprice.
be
The unitswith
arranged arerear
built
or with
front a threaded
mounting bodyconfigurations.
flange and can be
arranged
The withsize
compact rearand
or front mounting
flexible mountingflange configurations.
possibilities create
The compact size and flexible
a truly adaptable energy absorber. mounting possibilities create
a truly adaptable energy absorber.
Gantrex GCB-S bumpers can be sized to meet CMAA,
Gantrex
AIST, bumpers
OSHA, can and
DIN, FEM be many
sized other
to meet CMAA,
standards for AISE,
safety.
OSHA,
All DIN, are
models FEMmade
and many otherinstandards
entirely for safety.
North America for the
All models
highest qualityare
andmade
fastestentirely
deliveryinpossible.
the United States of
America for highest quality and fastest delivey.

Efficient energy
Efficient energy absorption
absorption is
is accomplished
accomplished through
through aa self-
self-
compensating metering
compensating metering tube
tube design.
design. The
The crane
crane bumper
bumper will
will
automatically adapt to variations in impacting weight
automatically adapt to variations in impacting weight and and
speeds within
speeds within the
the effective
effective ranges
ranges shown
shown below.
below. Contact
Contact
GANTREX for application assistance.
GANTREX for application assistance.
KE
mETERiNG EFFECTiVE WEiGHT STROKE RETuRN SHip
CApACiTy
mOdEL NO COdE inches FORCE WEiGHT
ft-lb
“X” lb (kg) (mm) lb (N) lb (kg)
(J)
-1 100 - 400 (45 - 181)
-2 340 - 1,360 (154 - 617) 500 2 15.1 - 32.2 3.6
GCB.5-2 -3 1,150 - 4,600 (522 - 2,087) (678) (50) (67 - 143) (1.6)
-4 3,900 - 15,600 (1,769 - 7,076)
-1 150 - 600 (136 - 544)
-2 510 - 2,040 (231 - 925) 750 3 11 .7 - 40.3 4.1
GCB.75-3
-3 1,730 - 6,920 (785 - 3,139) (1,017) (75) (52 - 179) (1 .9)
-4 5,850 - 23,400 (2,654 - 10,614)
-1 300 - 1,200 (136 - 544)
-2 1,020 - 4,080 (463 - 1,851) 1,250 2 20.1 - 34.9 7.7
GCB1.25-2
-3 3,460 - 13,840 (1,569 - 6,278) (1,695) (50) (89 - 155) (3.5)
-4 11,700 - 46,800 (5,307 - 21,228)
-1 600 - 2,400 (272 - 1,089)
-2 2,040 - 8,160 (925 - 3,701) 2,500 4 23.5 - 61 9.5
GCB2.5-4
-3 6,920 - 27,680 (3,139 - 12,556) (3,390) (100) (104 - 271) (4.3)
-4 23,400 - 93,600 (10,614 - 42,457)

Temperature range: 10°F to 200°F (-12°C to 98°C)


Velocity range: 30 ft/min to 600 ft/min (.15 m/sec to 3.05 m/sec)
Maximum angular loading shall not exceed 3°.

HOW TO SpECiFy ANd ORdER (Example):

-1-

-1-
GANTREX TYPE
GANTREX SmALLGCB-S SmALL CRANE
HydRAuLiC HydRAuLiC CRANE BumpERS
BumpERS

dimENSiONS:
All dimensions in inches (mm).

Bolt
mOdEL NO STROKE “A” “B” “C” “d” “E” “G” “H” “J” “K” “m”
dia.
GCB.5-2R 2 7.69 1.06 .50 1.38 3.00 2.38 2.25 1.62 .34 1/4
1 3/4 - 12UN
Rear Flange (50) (195.3) (26.9) (12.7) (34.9) (76.2) (60.5) (57.2) (41.2) (8.7) (M8)
GCB.75-3R 3 9.69 1.06 .50 1.38 3.00 2.38 2.25 1.62 .34 1/4
1 3/4 - 12UN
Rear Flange (75) (246.1) (20.9) (12.7) (34.9) (76.2) (60.5) (57.2) (41.2) (8.7) (M8)
GCB1.25-2R 2 8.85 1.44 .62 1.90 3.50 2.75 3.50 2.75 .41 3/8
2 1/2 - 12UN
Rear Flange (50) (224.6) (36.5) (15.9) (48.3) (88.9) (69.6) (88.9) (69.6) (10.4) (M10)
GCB2.5-4R 4 12.85 1.44 .62 1.90 3.50 2.75 3.50 2.75 .41 3/8
2 1/2 - 12UN
Rear Flange (100) (326.4) (36.5) (15.9) (48.3) (88.9) (69.6) (88.9) (69.6) (10.4) (M10)

Bolt
mOdEL NO STROKE “A” “B” “C” “d” “E” “G” “H” “J” “K” “m”
dia.
GCB.5-2F 2 7.69 3.84 .50 1.38 3.00 2.38 2.25 1.62 .34 1/4
1 3/4 - 12UN
Front Flange (50) (195.3) (97.5) (12.7) (34.9) (76.2) (60.5) (57.2) (41.2) (8.7) (M8)
GCB.75-3F 3 9.69 4.84 .50 1.38 3.00 2.38 2.25 1.62 .34 1/4
1 3/4 - 12UN
Front Flange (75) (246.1) (122.9) (12.7) (34.9) (76.2) (60.5) (57.2) (41.2) (8.7) (M8)
GCB1.25-2F 2 8.85 4.34 .62 1.90 3.50 2.75 3.50 2.75 .41 3/8
2 1/2 - 12UN
Front Flange (50) (224.6) (110.4) (15.9) (48.3) (88.9) (69.6) (88.9) (69.6) (10.4) (M10)
GCB2.5-4F 4 12.85 6.34 .62 1.90 3.50 2.75 3.50 2.75 .41 3/8
2 1/2 - 12UN
Front Flange (100) (326.4) (161.2) (15.9) (48.3) (88.9) (69.6) (88.9) (69.6) (10.4) (M10)

GANTREX reserves the right to discontinue or change specifications at any time without prior notice and without incurring any obligation.

TOLL FREE: 800 2 GANTREX (800) 242-6873 © GANTREX, 2003


PRINTED IN U.S.A.
TOLL
WebFREE: 800 2 GANTREX
site: www.gantrex.com (800) 242-6873
· Email: [email protected] © GANTREX, 2008
Rev. 05/03
-2- PRINTED in U.S.A.
Web site: www.gantrex.com • Email: [email protected]
Rev. 2016

-2-
Epoxy Grout
GANTREX™ K3

DESCRIPTION
GANTREX™ K3 Epoxy Grout is a self-leveling, easily pourable, 100% solids epoxy grout consisting of an epoxy resin, a catalyst/hardener and
carefully graded and blended aggregate. It is ideal for applications subjected to shock, vibration and impact loads and machines used at high
duty cycles.

APPLICATIONS
GANTREX™ K3 Epoxy Grout is designed to be used where a pourable, non-shrink, chemical resistant, high strength grout is required. Applica-
tions include rail on concrete installations, such as gantry cranes, container cranes, stacker-reclaimers, transfer car runways, log handling crane
runways and many other types of material handling applications.

FEATURES & ADVANTAGES


• HIGH EARLY STRENGTH
When properly installed, GANTREX™ K3 Epoxy Grout gains strength rapidly and can reach between 80% of its compressive strength
in 24 hours, depending on curing conditions. When fully cured, it achieves higher compressive, tensile and flexural strengths than
cement-based grouts. These characteristics are essential for crane applications with heavy wheel loads and high dynamic loads.

• STRONG ADHESIVE BOND


Properly placed GANTREX™ K3 Epoxy Grout creates a superior bond to both the steel soleplates and concrete base ensuring that there is no
relative movement between the three support components.

• HIGH CHEMICAL RESISTANCE


GANTREX™ K3 Epoxy grout is a thermo-setting plastic and therefore exhibits a high resistance to most chemicals and corrosive
environments.

• EXCELLENT FLOW CHARACTERISTICS


GANTREX™ K3 Epoxy Grout is specifically formulated to have excellent flow characteristics when compared to other epoxy grouts. Based on a
consultation with Gantrex, the aggregate content may also be field-modified to improve flow, particularly in cold weather conditions.

• USER-FRIENDLY PACKAGING
GANTREX™ K3 Epoxy Grout is available in economical 3 ft³ units.

• DIRECT BLENDING IN MORTAR MIXER


GANTREX™ K3 Epoxy Grout components can be directly blended in a mortar mixer. Other epoxy grouts may require hand or separate mixing of
resin and hardener prior to the blending in the mortar mixer, resulting in higher labor costs and longer installation times.

• EASE OF CLEAN-UP
Tools used for the installation of GANTREX™ K3 Epoxy Grout, including the mortar mixer, can be easily cleaned with soap and water solution,
prior to set.

Consult Gantrex for details, www.gantrex.com or 1-800-242-6873

Page 1/4

GSUS-EN 2017-12 R0.1

www.gantrex.com
In USA, contact GANTREX Inc. – 1-800-242-6873 – [email protected]
In Canada, contact GANTREX Canada Inc. – 1-800-884-5960 – [email protected]
Epoxy Grout
GANTREX™ K3

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

The following information is based on actual tests conducted by an independent laboratory under controlled conditions and per ASTM C579-B.
Results obtained from test samples taken from an actual placement may vary.

FULL YIELD – STANDARD FLOW MIX


Compressive Strength in Psi (Mpa) (6 Bag Aggregate Mix per 3 FT³ Unit)

Cure Time 68°F (20°C) 86°F (30°C) 104°F (40°C)


1 Day 12,500 (89) 14,500 (101) 16,000 (111)
7 Days 14,500 (102) 15,500 (108) 16,000 (111)
28 Days 15,000 (104) 15,500 (108) 16,000 (111)

Other Physical Properties:

Tensile Strength at 7 Days Per ASTM C307 = 2,176 psi (15 MPa)
Flexural Strength at 7 Days Per ASTM C580 = 4,496 psi (31 Mpa)
Modulus of Elasticity at 7 Days Per ASTM C580 = 2,900,755 psi (20,000 Mpa)
Coefficient of Thermal Expansion Per ASTM C531 = 13.1 x 106 in/in per °F
Linear Shrinkage at 28 Days Per ASTM C531 = -0.0021%
Creep at 80°F (27°C) at 1 Year at 2,500 psi (14 Mpa loading) Per ASTM C1181 = less than 0.3%

REDUCED YIELD – HIGHER FLOW MIX


*Consult Gantrex Before Altering the Mix Formula*

Cure Time 68°F (20°C) 86°F (30°C) 104°F (40°C)


1 Day 11,400 (79) 12,700 (88) 13,900 (96)
7 Days 13,600 (94) 14,000 (97) 15,000 (104)
28 Days 13,600 (94) 14,500 (100) 15,000 (104)

Other Physical Properties at Reduced Yield Mix:

Tensile Strength at 7 Days Per ASTM C307 = 1,741 psi (12 Mpa)
Flexural Strength at 7 Days Per ASTM C580 = 4,206 psi (29 Mpa)
Modulus of Elasticity at 7 Days Per ASTM C580 = 2,451,138 psi (16,900 Mpa)
Coefficient of Thermal Expansion Per ASTM C531 = 13.1 x 106 in/in per °F
Linear Shrinkage at 28 Days Per ASTM C531 = 0.0051%
Creep at 80°F (27°C) at 1 Year at 2,500 psi (14 Mpa loading) Per ASTM C1181 = less than 0.3%

Notes:
The above data are representative and do not imply that these numbers are minimum or maximum values. Test results of samples obtained in the field may vary
greatly based on sampling procedure, ground and plate temperature, product temperature and aggregate loading. Please consult Gantrex for field testing proce-
dures.

Page 2/4

GSUS-EN 2017-12 R0.1

www.gantrex.com
In USA, contact GANTREX Inc. – 1-800-242-6873 – [email protected]
In Canada, contact GANTREX Canada Inc. – 1-800-884-5960 – [email protected]
Epoxy Grout
GANTREX™ K3

INSTALLATION GUIDELINES OVERVIEW


(Contact Gantrex for detailed instructions)

TEMPERATURE CONSIDERATIONS
FOR BEST RESULTS, GANTREX™ K3 EPOXY GROUT SHOULD BE TRANSPORTED, STORED AND PLACED WITH THE PRODUCT
TEMPERATURE MAINTAINED BETWEEN 70°F (21°C) and 90°F (32°C). Surface temperature of the concrete base and soleplates should also be
maintained in this range during placement.
Consult Gantrex for cold or hot weather grout installations.

YIELD
Final product yield is based on accurate mixing and placing of a standard (full load) aggregate mix. Yield is expressed in the same units as the
product packaging, three (3) cubic foot units.

MIXING AND PLACEMENT


A mortar mixer, not a cement mixer should be used to mix the 3 grout components. Place the resin (Part “A”) into a clean mortar mixer and
add the hardener (part “B”), while the mixer is in motion. Mix for one to two (1 to 2) minutes. Add the aggregate while the mixer is still in motion.
Mix for approximately one (1) additional minute, making sure that all the aggregate is thoroughly wetted. Do not over mix. Place the grout within
30 minutes of mixing.

Place the grout using a head box (See next page). It is important that grout be poured from only one side of the soleplate or base plate to avoid
air entrapment beneath. If this is not possible, consult Gantrex for air relief (vent) hole locations.

MIXING AND PLACEMENT PRECAUTIONS:


• Gantrex epoxy grout must be placed on clean and dry surfaces only.
• The concrete surface must be prepared by removing laitance and exposing the aggregate.
• Use a small jackhammer with a bushing bit to obtain a roughness of 1/8”.
• After placement, avoid exposure to water for 24 hours to allow for proper curing.
• Temperature range for curing is 70˚F (21˚C) min. to 105˚F (40˚C) max.
• Pour thickness range is 3/4” (19mm) minimum to 4” (100mm) maximum for single pour.
• For pours outside the minimum/maximum temperatures & depths above, contact Gantrex.
• Control joints should be considered every 10 feet for 3/4” pour, and less for a 4” pour.

STORAGE & SHELF LIFE


The shelf life of GANTREX™ K3 Epoxy Grout is two (2) years from date of manufacture if the liquid components are stored in heated ware-
house conditions and kept sealed in their original containers. Aggregate must be kept free from moisture & high relative humidity.

Photo of a typical Head Box used to


increase flow across the grout area

Page 3/4

GSUS-EN 2017-12 R0.1

www.gantrex.com
In USA, contact GANTREX Inc. – 1-800-242-6873 – [email protected]
In Canada, contact GANTREX Canada Inc. – 1-800-884-5960 – [email protected]
Epoxy Grout
GANTREX™ K3

WARRANTY
One Year from date of shipment
The information and recommendations are based on Gantrex research and are presumed to be as accurate as possible. However, no guarantee
of accuracy is offered since Gantrex cannot cover every possible use and application of its products, nor anticipate every variation in masonry
surfaces, job conditions, and installation methods used. The purchaser shall perform their own tests to determine the suitability of such pro-
ducts for a particular purpose.

Gantrex warrants this product to be free from defects. Gantrex makes no other warranties with respect to this product, express or implied,
including without limitation, the implied warranties of merchantability or fitness for particular purpose. Gantrex’ liability shall be limited in all
events to supplying sufficient product to re-treat and/or repair the specific areas to which defective product has been applied. Gantrex shall
have no other liability, including liability for incidental, consequential or resultant damages whether due to breach of warranty, negligence or
strict liability. This warranty may not be modified or extended by representatives of Gantrex, its distributors or dealers.

See our web site for more details: www.gantrex.com

FREIGHT CLASSIFICATION
Part A Resin Not regulated/Non-Hazardous
Part B Hardener Hazard Class 8, Corrosive liquid, basic, organic, n.o.s., UN 3267
Aggregate Not regulated/Non-Hazardous
MSDS sheets are available upon request, or from our web site: www.gantrex.com

PACKAGING
GANTREX™ K3 Epoxy Grout is packaged in Three cubic foot units

Three Cubic Foot Unit (84.9 Liters)


Part A Resin 4.86 U.S. Gallons (18.3 Liters) 45 LB (21.8 kg)
Part B Hardener 1.05 U.S. Gallons (3.9 liters) 9 LB (4.1 kg)
Aggregate 6 x 55 LB (25 kg) Bags 330 LB (150 kg)
Total Net Weight Per (3) Cubic Foot Unit = 384 LB (174 kg)

(3) Cubic Foot Unit Packaging

Contact Gantrex to request a copy of the article:


“Effective Methods for Mounting Concrete Rail Systems on Concrete Foundations”

For installation assistance, contact: Gantrex Crane Rail Installations, Inc. at 1-800-242-6873

We reserve the right to discontinue or change product specifications at any time without prior notice and without
incurring any obligation whatsoever.

Page 4/4

GSUS-EN 2017-12 R0.1

www.gantrex.com
In USA, contact GANTREX Inc. – 1-800-242-6873 – [email protected]
In Canada, contact GANTREX Canada Inc. – 1-800-884-5960 – [email protected]
Cement-based Grout
GANTREX™ CPD Non-Shrink Grout
DESCRIPTION
Gantrex provides GANTREX™ CPD Non-Shrink Grout Premix, a pre-blended, ready-to-use cement based grout premix containing
non-ferrous fluidifiers and anti-shrinkage compounds blended with graded siliceous aggregate and Portland cement. Because it’s pre-blended, the
mix requires only the addition of water at the job site.

WHERE TO USE
GANTREX™ CPD Non-Shrink Grout is used for grouting concrete supported crane runways, structural steel column base plates, anchor bolts,
bridge bearing seats, machinery bases and reinforced masonry walls.

BENEFITS
• Can be placed in different consistencies ranging from plastic to self-leveling.
• Flowability facilitates placement in confined areas.
• Complete bearing surface contact ensures uniform load distribution.
• No ferrous additives to cause staining.
• Expansive agents ensure uniform, consistent expansion for over one hour.
• Excellent freeze-thaw resistance, even if pourable consistency.
• Does not contain corrosive additives, such as calcium chloride.
• Resistant to oil, some chemicals and moisture.

PROPERTIES
Compressive Strength per ASTM C109/C109M-13, using 2” (50mm) cubes confined @ 70° F (21° C)
1 day………………………….. 4,350 psi (30 MPa) 7 days………………………… 7,975 psi (55 MPa)
3 days………………………… 6,525 psi (45 MPa) 28 days………………………. 8,700 psi (60 MPa)
Initial Set Time = 5 hours Final Set Time = 6 hours

PULL OUT TESTS


Mix Ratio: 1.06 gallons water/55 LB Bag Mix (4.0L/25 Kg). Test conducted using a 0.59 in (15mm), Grade 400 epoxy coated rebar.
Hole Depth Hole Diameter Load Failure Set Time @70° F
(21°C)
4.89” (125mm) 1.48” (38mm) 20.0 Kips (89.5 Kn) 6 hours 10 minutes;
7.41” (190mm) 1.48” (38mm) 27.5 Kips (122.4 Kn) 0.39 in. /
10 mm penetration
9.75” (250mm) 1.48” (38mm) 31.5 Kips (139.8 Kn)
The above information is representative of actual production runs. Independent test results and job site conditions may vary.

SURFACE PREPARATION, MIXING & PLACEMENT


All surfaces that will be in contact with the grout must be clean and free of grease, oil, standing water, laitance, loose material or any other
contaminant that could impair substrate bond. Prior to grouting, foundation concrete should be roughened, cleaned and thoroughly moistened
for several hours. Free standing water should be blown clear prior to grouting with oil-free compressed air.
Forms must be rigid and watertight. Sides should be 1 to 2 inches (25 to 50 mm) above the soleplate to allow a “head” of grout flow to the proper
level. Vent high points to allow the escape of trapped air. Grout must be placed from one side only to allow flow to the opposite form. Use the
minimum amount of water needed, consistent with the desired flowability.
Do not exceed 1.05 gallons (4L) per 55 LB (25kg) bag of mix. Mix thoroughly and place within 1 hour. Keep grout in the mixer agitated at all
times. As the grout sets, cure the exposed surfaces with Acrylic Cure & Seal or cover with damp burlap.
The ideal ambient temperature for pouring cement grout is 50°F - 77°F (10°C - 25°C). Cooler temperatures may retard the rate of strength gain
for all mixes. Keep surrounding concrete and steel above 40°F (4.5°C) for at least 72 hours after completing the pour.

GSUS-EN 2017-10 R0.0

www.gantrex.com
In USA, contact GANTREX Inc. – 1-800-242-6873 – [email protected]
In Canada, contact GANTREX Canada Inc. – 1-800-884-5960 – [email protected]
Cement-based Grout
GANTREX™ CPD Non-Shrink Grout

MIXING & PLACING METHODS


GANTREX™ CPD Non-Shrink Grout may be pumped or poured in place.
No foreign materials are to be added without first contacting Gantrex.

CAUTIONS
Do not use this cement grout premix in areas of high vibration. Do not install this grout in areas of possible chemical attack.
Consult Gantrex about using GANTREX™ K3 Epoxy Grout instead.

COVERAGE/YIELD
Yield is 0.47 ft³ (0.014 m³) based on 1.05 gallons (4L) water per 55 LB (25 kg) bag mix.

STANDARDS
Formulated to comply with U.S. Army Corps of Engineers CRD-C621-92 and ASTM C1107-91.
Approved for use on all Canadian Ministry of Transportation (MTO) projects.

PACKAGING/STORAGE & SHELF LIFE


GANTREX™ CPD Non-Shrink Grout Premix is provided in 55 LB (25 KG) multi-wall bags. It may be stored short term anywhere under a tarp on
pallets, as long as the product is kept dry. A dry, heated warehouse is recommended for longer term storage. Shelf life is 1 year from the date
of manufacture, when stored in the original, unopened packages as per above.

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Request MSDS Sheets from Gantrex for specific instructions.

WARRANTY
The recommendations made and the information herein are based on our own and independent laboratory tests under controlled conditions,
and are presumed to be accurate. However, no guarantee of accuracy is offered since Gantrex cannot cover every possible use and application
of its products, nor anticipate every variation encountered in masonry surfaces, weather conditions, site conditions or methods of installation
used. The users shall perform their own tests to determine the suitability of such products for a particular purpose.
Gantrex warrants this product to be free from defects. Gantrex makes no other warranties with respect to this product, either expressed or
implied, including without limitation, the implied warranties of merchantability or fitness for particular purpose. Gantrex liability shall be limited
in all events to supplying sufficient product to re-treat and/or repair the specific areas to which defective product has been applied. Gantrex
shall have no other liability, including liability for incidental, consequential or resultant damages whether due to breach of warranty, negligence
or strict liability.

THIS WARRANTY MAY NOT BE MODIFIED OR EXTENDED BY ANY GANTREX REPRESENTATIVES, DEALERS OR DISTRIBUTORS

Contact Gantrex for a copy of the article, “Effective Methods for Mounting Crane Rail Systems on Concrete Foundations”

We reserve the right to discontinue or change specifications or design at any time without prior notice and whithout
incurring any obligation whatsoever.

GSUS-EN 2017-10 R0.0

www.gantrex.com
In USA, contact GANTREX Inc. – 1-800-242-6873 – [email protected]
In Canada, contact GANTREX Canada Inc. – 1-800-884-5960 – [email protected]
Adhesive Anchor Bolts
For Crane Rail on Concrete Applications

A Member of the GANTREX GROUP


A Member of the GANTRY GROUP

INTRODUCTION
The Gantrex Anchor Bolt Assembly is used to mount rail soleplates and other equipment with a polyester-based
resin & catalyst compound. It is installed by drilling a hole in the concrete deck, mixing the resin and filling the hole.
The mixed resin performs as an adhesive, suspending the bolt in place until it cures to complete the process.
Unlike anchors using epoxy-based resin, Gantrex anchors can be placed in temperatures as low as 10°F.
The bolt itself is an all-thread steel rod, complete with a nut and a washer. Bolts can be supplied in different
diameters and lengths. The polyester-based resin is supplied either in quart cans, which can be mixed and poured
directly from the container, into the hole, or in convenient high-capacity cartridges, mixed and injected with a gun.
*NOTE: Epoxy-based anchors are also available. Please consult Gantrex.
MATERIALS
Anchor Bolt
Material: Steel Rod A36: Fy (min) = 36,000 psi Ft (min) = 58,000 psi
B7: Fy (min) = 105,000 psi Ft (min) = 125,000 psi
Finish: Zinc plated or hot dipped galvanized.
Freight classification: Class 50
Polyester-based resin
Packaging: Liquid Supplied in quart cans, (6) cans per carton or (12) high-capacity cartridges with catalyst.
Freight classification: Resin Solution, Class 3, UN 1866, Packing Gp. lll.

Catalyst (Hardener)
Packaging: Powder Supplied in bottle type containers, (6) per carton (or included with above cartridges).
Freight classification: Organic Peroxide, Type D solid (Dibenzoyl Peroxide,50%)5.2, UN 3106, Packing Gp. ll.

PLACEMENT PROCEDURE
Holes are air-drilled in concrete deck, using a soleplate as template. The drilled holes are 1/8” greater in
diameter, than the anchor bolt diameter. These holes are then cleaned to remove dust and debris.
One container of catalyst is added to one can of polyester resin and mixed in the can for 60 to 90 seconds,
or injected directly via cartridge. The mixture is poured or injected into the hole, to about one third the depth. The
anchor bolt is then suspended from the soleplate, and placed in the resin in the hole. Rotate the anchor bolt
within the hole so that all threads are completely covered with adhesive. The resin cures and sets firm in about
one hour. The anchors must not be disturbed during this time. Full cure occurs at around 24 hours.

SUGGESTED EMBEDMENT
It is important that anchor bolts are embedded to a proper depth to achieve adequate strength. In 5 ksi concrete,
for example, we suggest that A36 anchor bolts be embedded to at least 8 times their diameter (a 3/4” rod will
require an embedded length of at least 6”). This is adequate to achieve a strong enough bond with the concrete
such that, in a pullout test, the anchor bolt will yield before the bond with the concrete. Similarly, the suggested
embedment for B7 bolts is 12 times the bolt diameter.
1-

-1-
Adhesive Anchor bolts

TECHNICAL INFORMATION = POLYESTER-BASED (For epoxy-based resin, consult Gantrex for assistance.)

Anchor Bolt Data Table


Gantrex Bolt Hole Bolt Embed. Rod Assy. Rod Assy. Resin # Bolts / # Bolts # Bolts
Anchor Bolt Diameter Diameter Length Length Wt. (LB) Wt. (LB) Vol./Bolt Can or Per Per
Part Number (inches) (inches) (inches) (inches) A36 B7 (cu. inch) Cartridge carton carton
Notes (1, 2) Note (3) Note (3) Note (4) (cans) (cartridges)
AB 5/8 x 10-A36* 5/8 3/4 10 6 0.86 0.91 1.62 33 198 396
AB 5/8 x 12-A36* 12 8 1.01 1.05 2.16 25 150 300
AB 5/8 x 14-A36* 14 10 1.16 1.20 2.70 20 120 240
AB 3/4 x 10-A36* 3/4 7/8 10 6 1.16 1.24 1.91 28 168 336
AB 3/4 x 12-A36* 12 8 1.36 1.43 2.54 21 126 252
AB 3/4 x 14-A36* 14 10 1.56 1.63 3.18 17 102 204
AB 3/4 x 16-A36* 16 12 1.76 1.83 3.82 14 84 168
AB 7/8 x 12-A36* 7/8 1 12 8 1.92 2.03 2.94 18 108 216
AB 7/8 x 14-A36* 14 10 2.20 2.31 3.68 14 84 168
AB 7/8 x 16-A36* 16 12 2.48 2.59 4.42 12 72 144
AB 7/8 x 18-A36* 18 14 2.76 2.86 5.15 10 60 120
AB 1 x 12-A36* 1 1 1/8 12 8 2.54 2.68 3.34 16 90 180
AB 1 x 14-A36* 14 10 2.90 3.04 4.18 12 72 144
AB 1 x 16-A36* 16 12 3.26 3.40 5.02 10 60 120
AB 1 x 18-A36* 18 14 3.62 3.76 5.85 9 54 108
AB 1 1/4 x 14-A36* 1 1/4 1 3/8 14 10 4.73 4.97 5.14 10 60 120
AB 1 1/4 x 16-A36* 16 12 5.30 5.55 6.17 8 48 96
AB 1 1/4 x 18-A36* 18 14 5.88 6.12 7.20 7 42 84
AB 1 1/4 x 20-A36* 20 16 6.46 6.70 8.22 6 36 72

NOTES:
1) Replace 'A-36' with 'B7' for high strength material.
2) Suffix with ‘Z’ for Zinc plated or ‘G’ for hot dipped galvanized.
3) Rod assembly consists of one rod + 1 nut + 1 washer.
4) Resin volume shown includes 50% for waste.

HOW TO SPECIFY AND ORDER


1. To specify and order a Gantrex adhesive anchor bolt assembly, first determine the correct diameter and
length, based on the application requirements.
2. Determine correct part number from the above table and notes. For example, AB 1x14-A36G would
be the part number for a 1” x 14” long, diameter bolt of A36 material, with one nut and one washer,
all hot dipped galvanized.
3. If substrate temperature is likely to be below 45°F (7°C), at time of actual installation, please double the
quantity of catalyst, at time of order placement. Also indicate if liquid cans or cartridges are preferred.

While the steel hardware can be shipped at any time, due to the sensitivity of the resin/catalyst system, it is
recommended that the adhesive be shipped 3-4 weeks prior to actual installation. This time allows for the
temperature of the adhesive to stabilize prior to installation.

For Installation Assistance, please contact Gantrex at 1-800-242-6873.

GANTREX reserves the right to discontinue or change specifications at any time without prior notice and without incurring
any obligation whatsoever. MSDS sheets available upon request.

TOLL FREE: 800 2 GANTREX (800) 242-6873


TOLL FREE: 800 2 GANTREX (800) 242-6873 PRINTED IN U.S.A.
© GANTREX, 2008
Rev.in01/11
PRINTED U.S.A.
Web site: www.gantrex.com • Email: [email protected]
Rev. 06/11
Quality on Track®
-2-
Anchor Bolt Adhesive Instructions: Polyester Resin/Grout Cans 
DESCRIPTION 
GANTREX supplies several Adhesive options for the installation of Anchor Bolts. This
bulletin is about Polyester Resin Adhesive, also known as grout. KELKEN Keligrout™
Polyester Resin Adhesive is provided in pourable quart cans or injectable cartridges.

Keligrout™ is a superior high strength polyester resin anchoring


material with guaranteed pullout values exceeding ACI-349-85.
Hand-mixed & poured, it provides the certainty of "powder"
catalyst, easily stirred into resin, then poured into the hole.
Keligrout™ can be used at sub-freezing temperatures or in rainy
weather, and may even be used under water.

Keligrout™ Technical Information

Color: Gray
Compressive Strength: (ASTM D695), 17,000 PSI
Tensile Strength: (ASTM D638), 5,510 PSI
Tensile Modulus: (ASTM D638), 1.14 x 106 PSI
Flexural Modulus: (ASTM D790), 1.06 x 106 PSI
Temperature Range During Installation: 10°F to 110°F (-12°C to 43°C)
Temperature Range While in Use: -40°F to 200°F (-40°C to 93°C)
Open Time: 20 minutes at 70°F (21°C), 10 minutes at 80°F (27°C), 5 minutes at 90°F (32°C)
Keligrout™ is supplied in quart-sized cans with 30 oz. to allow room for mixing,
and comes with (6) cans per case + catalyst.

ADHESIVE ANCHOR BOLT INSTALLATION 
Hole Drilling & Cleaning
Surface preparation is important and Gantrex recommends that all holes for concrete anchor
bolts be made with air tools. Pneumatic drilling cleans the hole while drilling and provides a rough
texture inside the hole for easier bonding between the adhesive, bolt and concrete.
If holes are electric drilled, they must be wired brushed and blown out so that dust and debris
are cleared. If holes are DIAMOND-CORE DRILLED, the sides of the holes must be scored to
allow the resin to develop a keying action to the concrete surface.
Holes should be 1/8” larger than the bolt diameter and meet minimum embedment standards.
(See the volume chart on Page 3.) Do not use Keligrout in holes that are more than 1/4" larger
than the anchor diameter without first consulting Gantrex.

Gantrex Inc. www.Gantrex.com 1-800-242-6873


‐1‐ 
Gantrex Anchor Bolt Adhesives

Mixing
Pour the pre-proportioned hardening powder (catalyst) into the quart can. Stir thoroughly by
hand using an anchor, stir stick or electric paint mixer for at least 65 stirs, (90 seconds), mixing
thoroughly from the bottom to the top. Make sure the catalyst is distributed throughout the
resin. Pour the mixed adhesive directly into the bottom 1/3 of the prepared hole.

Bolt Placement
Push the rod to the bottom of the hole and rotate it to assure total "wetting". Hold in place,
undisturbed, until gel occurs, usually within minutes, depending on the ambient temperature at
the time of installation. Do not disturb the anchor for at least one (1) hour. After the
material has cooled it will have 50 to 60% of its ultimate strength. Full cure will be in 24 hours.

Shelf Life
Shelf life of KELIGROUT™ is 6 months from date (lot number) which is stamped on every can.
KELIGROUT™ should be stored at 70°F (21°C), and out of direct sunlight. Storage temperatures
should never exceed 85°F (30°C).

Shipping

When shipping Keligrout always use D.O.T. #UN1133 for Flammable Liquid.

Installing in Hot Weather

1. Keep Keligrout cool until immediately before using. An insulated cooler (and a little ice on
really hot days) will do a good job. Do not let cans get wet.
2. Keep containers of Keligrout out of direct sunlight.

Installing in Cold Weather

1. Always use (2) containers of hardener when temperature is below 45°F.


2. Keep anchors, rebar and Keligrout warm (70°F) until ready to use.
3. A 100 watt bulb enclosed in a lockup box or insulated cooler works well at the job site.
Material can also be warmed under a compressor engine's cover or in a truck cab.

CAUTION
Solvents for Keligrout are highly flammable and volatile.
DO NOT SMOKE OR USE NEAR OPEN FLAME OR SPARKS.

MSDS sheets available on request.

Gantrex Inc. www.Gantrex.com 1-800-242-6873


‐2‐ 
Gantrex Anchor Bolt Adhesives

Volume

Always drill an exact depth hole for the needed embedment. Gantrex provides approximately
twice the amount of adhesive required to anchor each bolt to the specified embedment. These
amounts can be easily determined using displacement formulae.

Minimum
Anchor Hole Inches
Diameter Diameter Per 32 oz.
1/4 9/32 375
3/8 7/16 310
1/2 5/8 220
5/8 3/4 200
3/4 7/8 180
7/8 1 175
1 1 1/8 160
1 1/8 1 1/4 120
1 1/4 1 3/8 90
1 1/2 1 3/4 60

If you get less yield than the chart above shows, check for these causes:

Hole is too deep. Resin lies beneath anchor that "hangs" from nut put on
before installation.

Too much resin was poured into hole. The anchor displaced surplus resin
that has over-flowed out the top of the hole.

Too large a diameter hole was drilled. Always follow instructions


as to diameter

Gantrex Inc. www.Gantrex.com 1-800-242-6873


‐3‐ 
Gantrex Anchor Bolt Adhesives

Packaging

Keligrout™ is supplied in a carton with (6) quart-sized cans with 30 oz. of grout (to allow room
for mixing), and comes with (6) bottles of powdered catalyst. It is supplied only in full cartons
of (6) cans per case + catalyst.

Typical Rail Mounting Detail 

Contact Gantrex to request a copy of the article: 
“Effective Methods for Mounting Rail Systems on Concrete Foundations” 
For installation assistance, contact: Gantrex Crane Rail Installations, Inc. at 1‐800‐242‐6873 
GANTREX reserves the right to discontinue or change product specifications at any time without prior 
notice and without incurring any obligation whatsoever. 

2016-Temp

‐4‐ 
Anchor Bolt Adhesive Instructions: Polyester Resin/Grout Cartridges 

DESCRIPTION 
GANTREX supplies several Adhesive options for the installation of Anchor Bolts,
(chemical anchors). These instructions are about Kelken Polyester Resin Adhesive, also
known as grout or Keligrout™, provided in injectable cartridges and used with a high
capacity gun, either manual or electric, provided separately.

Keligrout™ 101-P is a superior high strength polyester resin


anchoring material with guaranteed pullout values exceeding ACI-
349-85. The easy-to-use large capacity cartridges, (30 oz.),
decrease the labor cost of frequent changes. The resin is easier to
pump than most viscous epoxy cartridges.

Keligrout™ 101-P Technical Information

Compressive Strength: (ASTM D695), 17,000 PSI


Tensile Strength: (ASTM D638), 5,510 PSI
Tensile Modulus: (ASTM D638), 1.14 x 106 PSI
Flexural Modulus: (ASTM D790), 1.06 x 106 PSI
Temperature Range During Installation: 10°F to 110°F (-12°C to 43°C)
Temperature Range While in Use: -40°F to 200°F (-40°C to 93°C)
Open Time: 20 minutes at 70°F (21°C), 10 minutes at 80°F (27°C), 5 minutes at 90°F (32°C)

The grout is supplied in cartons of (12) 30 oz. cartridges per case, both manual and
powered guns are available from Gantrex.

ADHESIVE ANCHOR BOLT INSTALLATION 
Hole Drilling & Cleaning
Surface preparation is important and Gantrex recommends that all holes for concrete anchor
bolts be made with air tools. Pneumatic drilling cleans the hole while drilling and provides a rough
texture inside the hole for easier bonding between the adhesive, bolt and concrete.
If holes are electric drilled, they must be wired brushed and blown out so that dust and debris
are cleared. If holes are DIAMOND-CORE DRILLED, the sides of the holes must be scored to
allow the resin to develop a keying action to the concrete surface.
Holes should be 1/8” larger than the bolt diameter and meet minimum embedment standards.
(See the volume chart on Page 3.) Do not use Keligrout in holes that are more than 1/4" larger
than the anchor diameter without first consulting Gantrex.

Gantrex Inc. www.Gantrex.com 1-800-242-6873


‐1‐ 
Gantrex Anchor Bolt Adhesive - Cartridges

Grout Insertion

Fit a twin cartridge into the Gun. Remove the (2) black half-moon shaped stoppers. Fix the mixing
nozzle tube with the retainer nut. Operate the gun and discard the initial 1-2 inches of flow from
nozzle. Inject the grout directly into the prepared clean hole. REMINDER: Make sure the hole is
free of concrete dust and debris so the grout forms a better bond.

Bolt Placement

Push the rod to the bottom of the hole and rotate it to assure total "wetting". Hold in place,
undisturbed, until gel occurs, usually within minutes, depending on the ambient temperature at
the time of installation. Do not disturb the anchor for at least one (1) hour. After the
material has cooled it will have 50 to 60% of its ultimate strength. Full cure will be in 24 hours.

Shelf Life

Shelf life of KELIGROUT™ 101-P is 6 months from date (lot number) which is stamped on the
cartridges . Grout should be stored at 70°F (21°C), and out of direct sunlight.
Storage temperatures should never exceed 85°F (30°C).

Shipping

When shipping Keligrout always use D.O.T. # UN1133 for Flammable Liquid.

Installing in Hot Weather

Keep Keligrout cool until immediately before using. An insulated cooler, (and a little ice on hot
days), will do a good job. Do not let cartridges get wet. Keep containers of out of direct sunlight.

Installing in Cold Weather

Keep anchors, rebar and Keligrout warm (70°F) until ready to use.
A 100 watt bulb enclosed in a lockup box or insulated cooler works well at the job site.
Material can also be warmed under a compressor engine's cover or in a truck cab. 

CAUTION

Solvents for Keligrout are highly flammable and volatile.


DO NOT SMOKE OR USE NEAR OPEN FLAME OR SPARKS.

MSDS sheets available on request.

Gantrex Inc. www.Gantrex.com 1-800-242-6873


‐2‐ 
Gantrex Anchor Bolt Adhesive - Cartridges

Volume

Always drill an exact depth hole for the needed embedment. Gantrex provides approximately
twice the amount of adhesive required to anchor each bolt to the specified embedment. These
amounts can be easily determined using displacement formulae.

Minimum
Anchor Hole Inches
Diameter Diameter Per 32 oz.
1/4 9/32 375
3/8 7/16 310
1/2 5/8 220
5/8 3/4 200
3/4 7/8 180
7/8 1 175
1 1 1/8 160
1 1/8 1 1/4 120
1 1/4 1 3/8 90
1 1/2 1 3/4 60

If you get less yield than the chart above shows, check for these causes:

Hole is too deep. Resin lies beneath anchor that "hangs" from nut put on
before installation.

Too much resin was pumped into the hole. The anchor displaced surplus
resin that has over-flowed out the top of the hole.

Too large a diameter hole was drilled. Always follow instructions


as to diameter.

Gantrex Inc. www.Gantrex.com 1-800-242-6873

‐3‐ 
Gantrex Anchor Bolt Adhesive - Cartridges

Packaging

Keligrout™ is supplied in a carton with (12) high-capacity cartridges of 30 oz. each. It is supplied
only in full cartons of (12) cartridges per case.

Typical Rail Mounting Detail 

Contact Gantrex to request a copy of the article: 
“Effective Methods for Mounting Rail Systems on Concrete Foundations” 
For installation assistance, contact: Gantrex Crane Rail Installations, Inc. at 1‐800‐242‐6873 
GANTREX reserves the right to discontinue or change product specifications at any time without prior 
notice and without incurring any obligation whatsoever. 

2016-Temp

‐4‐
GANTREX TM

Trench Infill
Crane tracks are mostly in trenches who are at risk
for pedestrians and for vehicle wheels.

The Trench Infill - developed by Gantrex - is based


on a resilient material made of selected recycled
rubber bonded with polyurethane.

Main features:

• Elimination of tripping hazards for pedestrians


• Reducing the impact on vehicle wheels and tyre
wear and tear

Thanks to an appropriate design, the


GANTREXTM Trench Infill allows for
other interesting features:

Rust can be limited by:

• Preventing water discharge being clogged


by dirt
• Allowing continuous ventilation

Inspection & maintenance are facilitated by:

• Protecting the fastening system and the


painting system against shock and damage

• Removing and reinstalling quickly and


easily the covers where necessary
Product Specification

GANTREXTM Trench Infill is specifically designed


to fill crane runway trenches:

• Complete filling protects pedestrians


• The choice of resilient material allows the
traffic of vehicles
• Easily manipulated elements allow quick
permanent access to the trench

Trench Infill sizes and models

Pedestrian traffic

One-component infill resting directly on the


bottom of the trench and on the foot of the rail.

High duty traffic

One-component infill with large working section to


resist against vehicle wheel loads

The GANTREXTM Trench Infill is made of up to 1200 mm long components; other dimensions
depend on the rail and trench sizes, please consult Gantrex.
Component material
Selected recycled rubber bonded with polyurethane under high temperature and pressure

• Density: 0.8…1.1 kg/dm3


• Water absorption: < 1%
• Freeze-thaw and salt resistant
• Tensile strength: 1.14 ± 0.09 N/mm2
• Elongation at break: 66%

Installation Instructions
• The Trench Infill is simply placed in the clean and dry trench, while ensuring that the
chambers of the infill match with the corresponding locations of the track fixing devices.
No sealing or gluing is required.
GANTREXTM Trench Infill solution was to be found to fill the rail trench with an easy-to-remove
material that at the same time would be able to sustain the heavy loads coming from container
truck wheels. Gantrex developed the trench infill system based on resilient material made of selected
recycled rubber bonded with polyurethane. Gantrex has developed different designs depending on
the requirements of the operators, with infill solutions ranging from pedestrians cross-traffic or to
heavy-duty trailers.

Main benefits of the GANTREXTM Trench Infill are elimination of tripping hazards for pedestrians,
reducing the impact in vehicle wheels and tyre wear and tear, reducing rail track corrosion by
preventing water discharge being clogged by dirt (as is the case with common asphalt infill) and
providing continuous ventilation, easy inspection and maintenance due to “quick install” design.

Gantrex offices, staffed with qualified and trained technical personnel, are located on all continents and
available to provide local application support and service in all industries and applications, to be
ON TRACK. WITH YOU.

© GANTREX 2018 l Rev.2018/02 l [email protected]

www.gantrex.com
Crane girder
tieback
assemblies
What is a tieback?
When a crane travels down a runway, it
generates vertical, longitudinal and lateral
forces. The lateral forces go from the crane
wheel into the web of the rail, are transferred
to the crane rail clips through the rail flange
and from there into the crane girder. These
forces have to be transferred from the crane
girder to a building column, located at the end
of the girder, and into the foundation.

A tieback is the connection between a girder


and a building column that facilitates the
transfer of these forces.

Traditional tiebacks
In the past, tiebacks were manufactured
from channels or angles and formed rigid
connections between the crane girder and the
building column. Other methods included the
use of horizontal plates with slotted angles or
vertical diaphragms, again rigid connections.

Unfortunately, when a crane was in the


middle of the girder span, it caused the girder
to deflect vertically and the girder ends to
rotate. Further as the crane passed over the
crane column, supporting the girder, it also
caused the crane column to deflect.

The rigid connections could not handle


the complex stresses caused by the girder
rotation and deflections and failed in
fatigue. Stronger plates and angles simply
transferred the failure to another location.
Forces imposed on the tieback
• Girder deflections of L/1000, or other chosen allowable bending limits between the support
columns cause top flange compression. This deflection results in girder end rotation in the (Z)
direction.

• Side thrust of the crane generated by trolley movement, crane skewing, and imperfect rail
alignment cause girder end rotation in the (Y) direction.

• Vertical loading of the crane directly above the girder column support will result in compression
of this support relative to the building column in the (X) direction.

The Gantrex Solution


To overcome the problems of the traditional tiebacks, GANTREX™ Tiebacks incorporate a steel
link with bearings at each end. The bearings are life time lubricated and require no maintenance in
normal day-to-day operations.

The link design allows the forces to be transferred rigidly into the column while the bearings provide
flexibility to accommodate the girder deflection and end rotation.

GANTREX™ Crane Girder Tiebacks, supplied


only as complete assemblies with crane girder
and column brackets, are the proven solution
to accommodate flexural movements without
fatigue, whilst providing the necessary load
transfer to the building column.

The assemblies are custom designed to suit


your crane loading and building configuration
and can be used for new construction or runway
reburbishment.
For multiple industries
Multiple industries and specific applications
for those industries use GANTREX™ Tieback
Assemblies such as:

• Aluminum smelters – cast house, pot lines,


anode bake building, etc.

• Power plant – turbine house cranes.

• Steel plant – Furnace bay, hot and cold


mills, pickling and annealing lines, slab yard,
coil storage, shipping, etc.

• Automotive

• Railway

• Industrial building manufacturing

Our team of 300 Gantrex crane rail specialists worldwide will guide and offer the tieback
assemblies best suiting your needs with the support of our Technical Department’s design
calculations, including crane loading, duty cycles, structural conditions and ease of installation.
Gantrex tieback assembly styles
There is an infinite variety of building column sizes and crane girders. The layouts also vary from plant
to plant. Based on these layouts, Gantrex provides different assembly styles, customized to suit specific
needs. Tiebacks also fall into two categories – single and double:

The normal tieback, placed at a location between two adjacent girders, consists of one bracket each
for the two girders, connected with two links to a common bracket on the column. This is considered a
double tieback.

If there is limited space, between the column and the girder, single tiebacks are mounted to the sides
of the column. Single tiebacks are also used for runway end girders or where a continuous girder bridges
a building column.

Typical GANTREX™ Tieback Assembly configurations:

Assembly 1 Assembly 2 Assembly 3

Assembly 4 Assembly 5 Assembly 6

Please contact your local Gantrex representative to finalize your assembly details.

© GANTREX 2017 l Rev.2017/10/US l [email protected]

www.gantrex.com
Application Data Sheet
Tieback Assembly

Company................................................................................. Contact ..............................................................................................

Phone..................................................................................... Fax.....................................................................................................

Address.................................................................................. ..........................................................................................................

E-mail ........................................................................................... @.......................................................................................................

PLEASE SUPPLY THE INFORMATION REQUESTED BELOW:

Sketch Wheel Positions Side Thrust/Wheel .............................................................................

Vertical Wheel Load.............................................................................

Runway Girder Spans ..........................................................................

Crane Capacity....................................................................................

Trolley Weight .....................................................................................

Lateral Reaction @ Column .................................................................

Quantity of double link assemblies required .............................................................................................................................................

Quantity of single link assemblies required ..............................................................................................................................................

(for runway ends and continuous spans)

Building Column Size................................................................. Is it constant ?  Yes  No Quantity..............................................

If not, other sizes .................. Quantity..............................................

(If non-standard include sketch and dimensions) ........................................................................ .................................................

........................................................................ .................................................

Runway Girder Size.................................................................... Is it constant ?  Yes  No Quantity..............................................

Cap Channel Size....................................................................... If not, other sizes ................... Quantity..............................................

(If non-standard include sketch and dimensions) ........................................................................... ......................................................

........................................................................... ......................................................

Dimension from centerline of rail to centerline of columns ........................................................................................................................

(if not constant, further information required)

Rail Size and Type ...................................................................................................................................................................................

Can runway girder be coped (trimmed back) if required ?  Yes  No  N/A.........................................................................

Customer preferred connections.....................................Column  Bolted  Welded

Girder
 Bolted  Welded

NOTES : .................................................................................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................................................................................

Please forward to your local Gantrex Sales Representative any applicable drawings with this Data Sheet.
GSUS-EN 2017-08 R0.0

www.gantrex.com
GANTREX Group – [email protected]
Railway
Gantrex enjoys important local presence worldwide. Our
300 staff working in four production centers and 19 sales
& service centers are available to work hand-in-hand
with you to meet your specific needs & requirements in
crane or railway tracks, every step of the way.

PROMINENT REFERENCES

Throughout the years, Gantrex has built an impressive


portfolio of references ranging from maintenance
facilities to industrial private tracks, from multimodal
Boasting more than 45 years’ experience and platforms to special applications in passenger
unparalleled references, Gantrex implemented its transportation. This dedication to reliability, ingenuity
solutions around the world before becoming its and cuing-edge engineering has put the company at
industry’s market leader. the forefront of its industry

Bespoke solutions
Gantrex offers a wide array of customized and OUR AREAS OF SPECIALIZATIONS
customizable solutions, including design calculation and
drawings of various systems adapted to your specific • Electrically Insulated Tracks & Reduction of
application. Vibration

• Optimization of Pit Track columns

• Fixed and Sliding Track End Stops

• Design of Specific Fastening Systems

• FEA Calculations

* Please contact us at [email protected]


for full product details or datasheets
State-of-the-art solutions
Gantrex offers cuing-edge solutions for plain tracks OUR AREAS OF SPECIALIZATIONS
with various levels of electrical and vibration insulation
designed for your specific requirements. • Rooted rails;

• Floating slab track used under platforms to reduce


vibrations;

• Polyurethane;

• Chamber Filler;

• Fastening System allowing a fine lateral adjust-


ment, available for different types of rolling stock.
TrenchLok™
Cable Protection System
Gantrex’ cable protection system
TrenchLok™, efficiently and economically
protects cranes’ power cables from damages
and problems caused by crossing vehicular
traffic in ports and steel mills.

When the crane travels, power cables


unwind from cable reels and are laid down
in a trench. The TrenchLok™ system consists
of a continuous semi-flexible belt, made of
a steel reinforced rubber, which lies over a
corrosion-resistant steel channel cast in the
quay. The belt is fixed to the quay surface
along one edge, while the other remains
free to be lifted in vertical position by a belt
lifting device fitted to the crane. The belt
returns to its closed position as soon as the
crane has passed.

Protection first
The TrenchLok™ system provides protection for the cable, from
passing vehicles and pedestrians.

The cables are protected against impacts of crossing vehicles,


but also sheltered against debris entering the trench and
adverse weather conditions.

It also eliminates tripping hazards for pedestrians.

Gantrex offices, staffed with qualified and trained technical


personnel, are located on all continents and available to
provide local application support and service in all industries
and applications, to be ON TRACK. WITH YOU.
Key features

The TrenchLok™ system provides an ideal cover to operate


in all types of facilities seeking cable protection from
rubber-tired vehicles and pedestrians. This system boasts
many advantages:

• Maintenance free;
• Easy to install;
• Suitable for most all container handling vehicle traffic
• Full operational security;
• Free of alignment problems;
• Free of crane speed limitations;
• Easily adaptable to the system in place.

General characteristics
The Gantrex’ cable protection systems are supplied in two different designs:

- TrenchLok™
- TrenchLok™HD

The standard TrenchLok™ is designed for light vehicles and pedestrian traffic. Alternatively,
TrenchLok™HD allows heavy vehicles traffic and their operations over the belt.

The belt is engineered with high transversal rigidity to support all types of pneumatic-tired vehicles
passing over, but it must also possess sufficient longitudinal flexibility to allow the belt to be lifted
into the vertical position.

The belt surface is specifically designed to avoid wear and tear of crossing rubber-tired vehicles.

The TrenchLok™ belts, both standard and HD, are delivered in rolls of 50 meters.
Components
Rivets

Drilled Strip

TrenchLok™ Belt

Channel

Belt joint
To form a continuous belt along the trench, the belt unit lengths can be joined, by mechanical fastening.
This is a resistant joint, fast and easy to install, which requires very little means to carry it out.

Fixing strip
The TrenchLok™ fixing system it is implemented through a 30mm corrosion-resistant steel plate.
This plate fixes the belt to the metallic channel cast in the quay.
Installation
Basic Materials Receipt: The channel will ship in pieces, mounted following the agreed design,
plus belt fixing strip and rivets. The channel slot may be stuffed with Styrofoam to maintain shape
during concrete placement. The belt will ship in Rolls (standard length: 50 m/roll).

1 - Wharf Preparation: Block out the TrenchLok™


placement area in the wharf prior to concrete pour.
Dimension A should be at least 100mm greater than
channel depth

2 - Placement Area: Place and align concrete


reinforcement per Civil Works drawings, and
position retaining wall. Align the TrenchLok™
channel with top of rail elevations

3 - Channel Placement: hang and align the


channel with regards to crane rail elevation.
Interconnect the channel sections. Brace
channel against movement from hydraulic
pressure of concrete flow.

4 - Concrete Placement & Channel Casting:


Place concrete to permanently cast channel in
wharf. Remove Styrofoam after concrete has set.

5 - Belt Placement: Roll-out and place belt on channel


using tension methods provided in detailed instructions.
Attach belt to channel using fixing strips and rivets.

© GANTREX 2018 l Rev.2018/08/US l [email protected]

www.gantrex.com
TrenchLok™

DESCRIPTION
Gantrex’ cable protection system TrenchLok™ efficiently and economically protects cranes’ power cables from damages and problems
caused by the traffic of vehicles crossing the crane runways in ports and steel mills.
It consists of a continuous semi-flexible belt, made of a steel reinforced rubber, which lies over a stainless steel channel cast in the quay.
The belt is fixed to the quay surface along one edge via stainless steel strip, while the other remains free to be lifted in vertical position.
The TrenchLok™ is designed for light vehicles and pedestrian traffic crossing.

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE BELT

TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Temperature range °C - -20° / +80°
Opening angle ° - 90
Internal Horizontal bending radius m - 45
External Horizontal bending radius m - 35
Estimated lifetime Cycle - > 350.000
Elongation with a load of 3000N % - 0.5
Max force to open the belt at 90º kg - 40
The maximum pressure applied on a 100 mm wide slot (N/cm²) - 450

Hardness Sh-A ISO-7619 65±5


Tensile Strength MPA ISO-37 19
Elongation at break % ISO-37 450
Abrasion mm3 ISO-4649 < 120
50 pphm - 20% Elong.
Ozone ageing UNE ISO -1431-1 No cracks
- 38°C
Electric conductivity Ω ISO-284 > 3·108
COMPOSITION
Rubber SBR (Styrene
Materials 80%
Butadiene Rubber*)
* Other types of rubber and reinforcement layers are available for
13% Steel
special working environments
7% Nylon
Reinforcing 1 Textil ply 2 metal frame
MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Transversal Breaking load (N/mm) 1 x 70 ISO-283:2015 2 x 750
Longitudinal Breaking load (N/mm) 1 x 70 ISO-283:2015 2 x 50

GXHQ-EN 2018-07 R1.1

www.gantrex.com
GANTREX Group – [email protected]
TrenchLok™

DIMENSIONS
TYPE Width W (mm) Weight (kg/m)
TrenchLok™ 295 295 6.23
TrenchLok™ 395 395 8.22
TrenchLok™ 495 495 10.51
TrenchLok™ 595 595 13.3

We reserve the right to discontinue or change specifications or design at any time without prior notice and without
incurring any obligation whatsoever.

GXHQ-EN 2018-07 R1.1

www.gantrex.com
GANTREX Group – [email protected]
TrenchLok™ HD

DESCRIPTION
Gantrex’ cable protection system TrenchLok™ efficiently and economically protects cranes’ power cables from damages and problems
caused by the traffic of vehicles crossing the crane runways in ports and steel mills.
It consists of a continuous semi-flexible belt, made of a steel reinforced rubber, which lies over a stainless steel channel cast in the quay.
The belt is fixed to the quay surface along one edge via stainless steel strip, while the other remains free to be lifted in vertical position.
The TrenchLok™ HD is specifically designed for heavy vehicles traffic crossing and their operations over the belt.

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE BELT

TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Temperature range °C - -20° / +80°
Opening angle ° - 90
Internal Horizontal bending radius m - 45
External Horizontal bending radius m - 35
Estimated lifetime Cycle - > 350.000
Elongation with a load of 3000N % - 0.25
Max force to open the belt at 90º kg - 45
The maximum pressure applied on a 100 mm wide slot (N/cm²) - 600

Hardness Sh-A ISO-7619 65±5


Tensile Strength MPA ISO-37 19
Elongation at break % ISO-37 450
Abrasion mm3 ISO-4649 < 120
50 pphm - 20% Elong.
Ozone ageing UNE ISO -1431-1 No cracks
- 38°C
Electric conductivity Ω ISO-284 > 3·108
COMPOSITION
Rubber SBR (Styrene
Materials 75%
Butadiene Rubber*)
* Other types of rubber and reinforcement layers are available for
15% Steel
special working environments
10% Nylon
Reinforcing 2 Textil ply 2 metal frame
MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Transversal Breaking load (N/mm) 2 x 80 ISO-283:2015 2 x 750
Longitudinal Breaking load (N/mm) 2 x 200 ISO-283:2015 2 x 50

GXHQ-EN 2018-07 R1.1

www.gantrex.com
GANTREX Group – [email protected]
TrenchLok™ HD

DIMENSIONS
TYPE Width W (mm) Weight (kg/m)
TrenchLok™ HD 295 295 6.82
TrenchLok™ HD 395 395 8.64
TrenchLok™ HD 495 495 10.97
TrenchLok™ HD 595 595 13.84

We reserve the right to discontinue or change specifications or design at any time without prior notice and without
incurring any obligation whatsoever.

GXHQ-EN 2018-07 R1.1

www.gantrex.com
GANTREX Group – [email protected]
Overhead
Cranes
Of Critical Importance
Overhead Cranes that run on rails attached
to steel girders are among the hardest
working machines in their plants. Whether
it’s steel & aluminium works, utility,
automotive or general manufacturing
plants, these cranes are typically critical to
the process and must continue operating
without interruption if a plant is to remain
viable. Costly down time caused by rail
issues is not acceptable.

Boasting more than 45 years of experience


and unparalleled references, Gantrex has
implemented its solutions around the world,
and has become the industry market leader.

Our 300+ staff working in four production


centers and 19 sales & services centers allow
Gantrex to work hand in hand with you to
provide application specific solutions and
installation services for your new or existing
installation.
Design and Application
Crane operation imparts various and dynamic
loads to the rails via the rail-to-wheel interface.
All of these forces are transferred from the rail
to the support structure, then to the columns of
the building. Left uncontrolled, these forces will
eventually cause damage to all of the components
in the load path.

From its inception, Gantrex has been providing a better way to limit and control these forces through
soft-mount technology. Since these forces cannot be eliminated, the use of components designed
specifically for crane runways and trolley rails have helped direct those forces in a way that reduces
shock and vibration, while controlling alignment and providing a predictable path to nearly eliminate
the fatigue damage caused by crane operation.

Gantrex soft-mount rail support systems, which


include rail pad, adjustable rail clips, crane girder
tiebacks and hydraulic bumpers, along with
properly selected rails, will improve the operation
of even the most demanding overhead cranes.
Your local Gantrex team member will work with
you in the selection and supply of your optimal
solution.
State of the Art Solutions & Benefits
Overhead crane runways details are often overlooked, and as a result the maintenance and
repairs to the runway and the crane itself are often accepted as the norm due to lack of
attention to these details. But there is a better way; by treating the cause rather than the
symptoms. Gantrex solutions increase the reliability and productivity of this area of critical
importance.
Gantrex solutions involve the latest technology
in crane and specialty rail track components and
services, including:

• RailLok™ adjustable crane rail clips which support


installation and maintenance of critical rail tolerances while
allowing for longitudinal rail float.

• RailLok™ crane rail pad which reduces stresses into the runway
structure while minimizing shock, vibration and noise to critical
crane components and the surrounding operational area.

• Gantrex crane girder tiebacks assemblies which


accommodate crane girder deflections, eliminating the
fatigue damage caused by these deflections while properly
transferring forces into the building columns.

• Oleo™ hydraulic crane bumpers providing controlled crane


deceleration while reducing damaging impact forces.

• Rail selection and supply : via its global experience,


direct access to rolling mills and its distribution network,
Gantrex can provide the most efficient rail solution for your
application.

• Installation services : Gantrex specially trained installation


teams can provide any number of services to suit your
application and local market conditions including turnkey
installation, rail welding services, rail surveys and inspections
or supervision.

© GANTREX 2017 l Rev.2017/04/US l [email protected]

www.gantrex.com
Gantry
Cranes
Prepared for every
possibility
Gantrex designs and delivers crane rail track
products for every industrial application,
including among other applications portal
and intermodal cranes, steel-handling cranes,
grab ship unloaders, continuous ship unloaders
and goliath cranes. All our products are
subject to harsh, demanding conditions and
severe weather (heat, cold, humidity, dusty or
corrosive environments).

Boasting more than 45 years of experience


and unparalleled references, Gantrex has
implemented its solutions around the world and
has become the industry market leader. Our
300+ staff will work locally with you to provide
tailor-made products and services, enabling
Gantrex to be ON TRACK. WITH YOU.

Whether you are designing a track for manually


operated Rail Mounted Gantry Cranes (RMGC)
or driverless Automated Stacker Cranes (ASC),
the design and installation of the rail track is
key to the successful operation of the cranes.
Especially with automated cranes, traveling at
increasing speeds up to 240 m/min and using
an automated guidance system, the tolerances
of the rail and the supporting foundations are
critical to maximizing efficiency and reducing
operational downtimes.

.
A crane track solution to suit your foundation
When designing the rail track for any rail mounted gantry crane, it is important to make an analysis of investment
cost versus maintenance cost, not only of the rail system but of the entire civil foundation of the rail yard. Gantrex can
propose a variety of designs for the gantry crane runway to suit the type of crane and the underlying foundation either
for piled foundation, un-piled concrete slab or a ballasted track design.

Whilst a ballast track design requires


the lowest upfront investment, it
does not always provide the optimal
cost of ownership once you factor
in maintenance requirements (e.g.
frequency and cost of ballast tamping)
and effects on operational efficiency.

On the other side of the spectrum, a piled crane beam provides


the most solid foundation with the least settlement (and therefore
maintenance) but comes at a much higher investment cost.

If a compromise needs to be made on the investment


cost, and the soil condition allows, the rail could be
supported by a concrete slab without piling. In this
case, the settlement of the underlying soil needs to be
calculated and if acceptable, the settlement could be
overcome by using an adjustable rail chair to bring
the rail back within operational tolerances. This will
increase operational maintenance costs, but keep
investment costs in check.
Rail system design
Gantry cranes are vital to the operational processes
in any industrial environment, so it is important to
correctly design and install a crane rail system that will
ensure operating at maximum efficiency and without
expensive downtime.

Every project requires a bespoke design, and Gantrex


can assist end users, crane companies and engineering
companies in the decision process of selecting the right
crane rail system design for any application.

The use of soft mount components designed specifically for


crane runways have helped direct those forces in a way that
reduces shock and vibration, meanwhile controlling alignment
and providing a predictable path to nearly eliminate the
fatigue damage caused by gantry crane operation.

Gantrex has always been at the forefront of crane rail


technology, most recently with the development of its patented
RailLokTM rail clips and rail pad, specifically designed to ensure
a proper rail-clip contact and prolong the overall life of the
crane rail system.
State of the Art Solutions & Benefits
Gantrex’ solutions involve the latest technology in crane and specialty rail track
components and services, including :

• RailLok™ adjustable crane rail clips which are easier to install and help
maintain critical rail tolerances while allowing for controlled longitudinal
rail float.

• RailLok™ crane rail pad which reduces stresses into the runway structure
while minimizing shock, vibration and noise to critical crane components and
operational area.

• Continuous and intermittent soleplates designed to suit the operating loads and
conditions of the application, including GANTREX® Adjustable Chair support
system, providing for vertical and horizontal post-installation adjustment to
accommodate foundation settlements.

• GANTREX™ cement and epoxy grouts which fully support the rail to eliminate
high impact forces and allow for proper load distribution.

• Oleo™ hydraulic crane bumpers providing controlled machine deceleration


while reducing end forces and potential damage at the end of rail travel.

• Rail selection and supply via its global experience, direct access to
rolling mills and its distribution network, Gantrex can supply the most
efficient rail solution for your application.

• Installation services at floor level or at height Gantrex specially trained


installation teams can provide any number of services to suit your
application and local market conditions including turnkey installation, rail
welding services, rail surveys and inspections or supervision

© GANTREX 2017 l Rev.2018/01/US l [email protected]

www.gantrex.com
ASRS
Increasing demands
The demands on our globalized market have
grown significantly, especially in the logistics
sector.

Automated stacker cranes with over 40m


height and speeds of up to 240m/min are no
longer a rarity, but the norm. This requires a
highly dynamic, efficient and above all very
flexible logistical structure especially in the
rail support systems, which is critical to the
automated system performance.

Rails of critical
importance
The accuracy required for the performance
of ASRS (Automated Storage & Retrieval
System) begins at the floor with the rail
solution. Gantrex is the global leader of
crane and specialty tracks solutions.

Our global presence and 45+ years of


market experience enables us to ensure ©
SSI Schäfer
smooth operation of your automated
stacker crane system via an innovative
design and accurately installed rail support
system. While our 300+ staff will work
locally with you to provide tailor-made
products and services, enabling Gantrex to
be ON TRACK. WITH YOU.
Gantrex solutions - Our services in summary
New construction and expansion:

• Comprehensive engineering from the earliest


planning phase.

• Statistically testable support system for each


requirement.

• Delivery, installation and complete project


processing for Vignole and Crane rails as well
as all other rails, steel beams or special rail
profiles available in the market.

• Mounting of conductor rails, rack bars, end


stops or other system-specific accessories.

Retro fit:

• Update of your rail system to the latest state of


the art technology. Whether complete restoration
or re-profiling of the rails, our experts work with
you to create tailor-made solutions with the
shortest downtime for maximum efficiency.

Maintenance and Safety:

• Inspection of the rail system according to a


precisely defined maintenance plan, depending
on the type and application, providing early
detection of deficiencies and with proactive
and timely repair to ensure a longer life span.

• Rail Alignment survey via our highly precise


measuring systems.

• Rail grinding respectively improving the rail


head and rail joints for a better and quieter
operating system.

• Early detection of deficiencies and timely


removal ensure a longer life span.

© GANTREX 2017 l Rev.2017/04/US l [email protected]

www.gantrex.com
Crane
rails for
Shipyards
Multiple solutions for
multiple applications
Shipyards are places where ships are built,
maintained and/or repaired. Ships can vary
in size from personal sailing boats to large
container ships designed to travel around
the globe. Shipyards can be equipped to
operate on vessels both on- and off-shore,
and different technologies for transferring
vessels on-shore are in existence. The
different areas within the shipyard require
different rail solutions.

The overall Marine design includes the civil


design of the various areas, which will include
individual load conditions and may include
civil expansion joints to accommodate thermal
expansion.

Gantrex liaise with the designers to ensure the


rail systems are appropriate for the individual
site as they vary significantly according to the
loads and the environment.

Boasting more than 45 years of experience


and unparalleled references, Gantrex has
implemented its solutions around the world,
and has become the industry market leader.
Our 300+ staff work locally with you to provide
specific solutions and installation services for
your new or existing installation, enabling
Gantrex to be ON TRACK. WITH YOU.
Generally, the rail applications can be identified,
starting with the process of elevating the vessel
out of the water, which could be by a shiplift or a
slipway.

When the vessels are transferred to the land the


carriages are moved using either a single or dual
level system.

Additional to these major applications, crane


rails are also found in maintenance buildings
supporting EOT cranes, on the ground floor, for
the Goliath gantry cranes of ship block assembly
and the portal jib/level luffing cranes of ship
outfitting, or as runway of floating dock cranes.

Ship lifting
Shiplifts
Vessels are lifted in & out of the water vertically by the use of a shiplift with a number of hoists, and
transported to to the dry berths on trolleys or cradles.

The lift platforms are normally articulated to allow for deflection under load. The rail system is designed
to suit the projected deflection and so it is typically shimmed to the design unloaded position, and
secured with hard clamps on welded studs. Under load the platform deflects, and the rail system is
designed to ensure a smooth transfer to the landside system.

Slipway
A slipway is a ramp on the shore by which
vessels can be moved to and from the water.
Rails are installed at a slope and care should
be given to longitudinal rail movement due to
gravitational and braking forces. Rails can be
installed on concrete foundation, steel girder,
or a combination of both. Different solutions
are available depending on the foundation, and
special attention should be paid to corrosion
protection in the tidal area.
Transfer Systems
The transfer area is where the boats are transported, on trolleys or cradles, to or from construction
and maintenance berths and buildings. This zone can be built in a single or double level, each with its
specific design for the rail system. Special attention should be paid to the rail transition areas between
the shiplift, carriages and the dry berths.

Single Level Transfer


The normal single level system is where rails are
installed at ground level with cross overs to provide a
system that allows the transfer of carriages from sea to
land and then at 90 degrees. This means the vessels can
be moved around the yard with maximum flexibility
use.

Dual Level Transfer


In some yards the transfer is carried out at
two levels, where the vessels are transferred to
specific dry berths. These could be washdown,
painting or welding areas.

Dry Docks and Dry Berths


A dry dock is a narrow basin which is flooded or drained to allow one vessel at a time to be
located on a dry support; the dry berths are the large platforms at quay level where many ships
can be parked. The Gantry and Jib Cranes are installed on concrete or steel beams, supported on
a steel girder or concrete foundation. Each application requires a specific solution.
State of the Arts Solutions & Benefits
Gantrex solutions increase the productivity of the shipyard cranes thanks to the reliability of
the crane rail solutions proposed. They involve the latest technology in crane and specialty
rail track components and services, including:

• RailLok™ adjustable crane rail clips which support


installation and maintenance of critical rail tolerances while
allowing for longitudinal rail float.

• RailLok™ crane rail pad which reduces stresses into the runway
structure while minimizing shock, vibration and noise to critical
crane components and the surrounding operational area.

• Rail and rail cross overs selection and supply. Via its global
experience, direct access to rolling mills and its distribution
network, Gantrex can provide the most efficient rail solution
for your application.

• Gantrex® Shipyard Clamps. Where the most appropriate technical


solution is a hard fixing, Gantrex can supply the K15+ clamp. This
rail fixing device is adjustable, and has been tested to accept a
120 kN side load.

• Continuous and intermittent soleplates designed to suit the


operating loads and conditions of the application

• System Design to suit the individual shipyard layout.

• Installation services. Gantrex specially trained installation


teams can provide any number of services to suit your
application and local market conditions including turnkey
installation, rail welding services, rail surveys and inspections or
supervision.

© GANTREX 2017 l Rev.2018/08 l [email protected]

www.gantrex.com
Clips & Pads
for runways of
Ship-to-Shore cranes
in ports
INNOVATIVE DRIVE FOR
THE NEXT GENERATION PORTS
In the last 25 years the size of the largest container ships
has nearly tripled, to now reach the capacity of 20,000
TEUs. If not already done or underway, terminals must
adapt the size of their cranes to the size of the ships,
by offering more productive, cost-effective, faster and
higher equipment with longer booms.

The latest generations of cranes are more susceptible


to vibration and oscillation and generate the need
for increased stability of the rail support (clips and pad),
an issue too difficult to sus­tainably resolve by the past
technology of soft-mounted fixing devices. RailLokTM
clips and pads are the new generation of crane rail
fixings engineered by GANTREX to address the problems
caused by the new generation of
STS cranes.

THEY INCORPORATE THE LATEST INNOVATIONS OF IN-HOUSE R&D

FOR CLIPS
• additional wedge (Gantrex patent
of second wedge design and
inclined bolt)
• bolts with square shank base
• extended design resistances
• compact design

FOR PAD
• redesign of the grooves
• edge design

www.gantrex.com
GANTREX surveyed the crane
tracks, interviewed contractors and
maintenance teams at some of the
biggest port operators, identified
their operational needs and
responded to them.

EASE OF INSTALLATION
• increased lateral adjustment: higher precision of installation
• thicker clip walls all around: no weld can get through
• housing with easy access for cleaning and bolt insertion
• square shank base bolts: fool-proof positioning and tightening
with impact wrench

STABILITY OF THE RAIL SYSTEM


• The RailLok™ additional wedge design ensures tight and full contact of the
upper component of the clip with the rail foot and coupled with the usual
self-locking wedge, keeps the tightened clip bolts in tension.
• The RailLok™ pad specific design of grooves and edges prevents pad
damage and movement due to rail twisting and bow wave effect; it also
virtually eliminates the risk of pad premature failure due to dirt ingress.

GANTREX RANGE*
Clips and pad models are adapted to the different load dynamics
depending on the type and duty cycle of STS crane.

FOR CLIPS FOR PAD


• RailLok™ models W15, W20, W22, W25 or W30, • Nominal width adapted to the rail foot width, from 130mm to 220mm;
from 120 kN to 300 kN side load resistance; • Steel strip reinforcement from 60% to 90% of the pad width when
• From 12mm to 20mm adjustment range; required, to give maximum stiffness and improve stability to side
• From 47mm to 63mm clearance height. forces where pressure on the pad is released.

* Full details are available in our data sheets or on our website.

© GANTREX 2016 l Rev.05/16 l [email protected]

www.gantrex.com
Clips & Pads
for trolley rails
of Ship-to-Shore
cranes in ports
READY FOR ULTRA LARGE
CONTAINER VESSELS
The size of container cranes has more than
doubled since the first container cranes were
built in the late 1950s. Over the years
Ship-to-Shore cranes (STS) have been updated
and upgraded with twin-lifting capacities and
increased productivity requirements that have
resulted in higher duty cycles, trolley speeds and
accelerating & breaking forces. This has led to
higher expectations of the trolley rail systems.

RailLokTM clips and pads are the new generation


of fixing devices engineered by GANTREX to
reply the market demand for more reliability
adapted to the larger cranes needed to quickly
load/unload the ULCVs.

THEY INCORPORATE THE LATEST INNOVATIONS OF IN-HOUSE R&D

FOR CLIPS
• additional wedge (Gantrex
patent of second wedge design
and inclined bolt)
• bolts with square shank base
• extended design resistances
• compact design

FOR PAD
• redesign of the grooves
• edge design

www.gantrex.com
GANTREX interviewed engineers and
maintenance teams at some of the
biggest STS crane manufacturers and port
operators, identified their operational
needs and responded to them.

EASE OF INSTALLATION
• increased lateral adjustment: higher precision of installation thicker clip
walls all around: no weld can get through housing with easy access for
cleaning and bolt insertion square shank base bolts:
fool-proof positioning
• and tightening with impact wrench

STABILITY OF THE RAIL SYSTEM


• The RailLok™ additional wedge design ensures tight and full contact of the upper
component of the clip with the rail foot and coupled with the usual self-locking
wedge, keeps the tightened clip bolts in tension.
• The RailLok™ pad specific design of grooves and edges prevents pad damage and
movement due to rail twisting and bow wave effect; it also virtually eliminates the
risk of pad premature failure due to dirt ingress.

GANTREX RANGE*
Clips and pad models are adapted to the different load dynamics depending on the
type of STS crane trolley, being either rope towed (RTT) or machinery type (MOT) and
quantities are adapted to the location on the trolley runway.

FOR CLIPS FOR PAD


• RailLok™ models W20, W20R • Nominal width adapted to the rail foot width, from
or W22, from 165 kN to 200 kN 140mm to 220mm;
side load resistance; • Steel strip reinforcement from 60% to 90% of the pad
• From 14mm to 20mm adjust- width when required, to give maximum stiffness and
ment range; improve stability to side forces
• With max where pressure on the pad
47mm is released.
clearance
height.

* Full details are available in our data sheets or on our website.

© GANTREX 2016 l Rev.05/16 l [email protected]

www.gantrex.com
Clips & Pads
for trolley rails
of stacking cranes
MORE RELIABILITY
OF THE TROLLEY RUNWAY
Automation of RTG and RMG cranes has
developed in ports around the world to ensure
low operating cost, high availability and high
utilization of the yard capacity: ARTG and ASC
are breaking new grounds.

RailLokTM clips and pads are the new


generation of fixing devices engineered by
GANTREX to reply the market demand for more
reliability adapted to the trolleys rails of those
new cranes.

THEY INCORPORATE THE LATEST INNOVATIONS OF IN-HOUSE R&D

FOR CLIPS
• additional wedge (Gantrex patent of
second wedge design and inclined bolt)
• bolts with square shank base
• extended design resistances
• compact design

FOR PAD
• redesign of the grooves
• edge design

www.gantrex.com
GANTREX interviewed engineers
and maintenance teams at crane
manufacturers and port operators,
identified their operational needs
and responded to them.

EASE OF INSTALLATION
• increased lateral adjustment: higher precision of installation
• thicker clip walls all around: no weld can get through
• housing with easy access for cleaning and bolt insertion
• square shank base bolts: fool-proof positioning and
tightening with impact wrench

STABILITY OF THE RAIL SYSTEM


• The RailLok™ additional wedge design ensures tight and full
contact of the upper component of the clip with the rail foot
and coupled with the usual self-locking wedge, keeps the
tightened clip bolts in tension.
• The RailLok™ pad specific design of grooves and edges
prevents pad damage and movement due to rail twisting
and bow wave effect; it also virtually eliminates the risk of
pad premature failure due to dirt ingress.

GANTREX RANGE*
Clips and pad models are adapted to the different load dynamics depending on the type and duty cycle of STS crane.

FOR CLIPS FOR PAD


• RailLok™ models W10, W15, W20 or W22, from • Nominal width adapted to the rail foot width, from 80mm to 200mm;
65 kN to 165 kN side load resistance; • Steel strip reinforcement from 60% to 90% of the pad width when
• From 10mm to 20mm adjustment range; required, to give maximum stiffness and improve stability to side
• From 38mm to 47mm clearance height. forces where pressure on the pad is released.

* Full details are available in our data sheets or on our website.

© GANTREX 2016 l Rev.05/16 l [email protected]

www.gantrex.com
Stackers
Reclaimers
Of Critical Importance
Stackers and Reclaimers that handle limestone,
coal and other bulk materials are crucial to the
processing of mined and other loose material.
Whether piling & storing minerals or reclaiming
to prepare for shipping, costly down time caused
by rail issues are not acceptable.

These machines typically run on rails supported by


concrete foundations and impart dynamic loads
to the rails via the wheels. Concrete supported
runway details are often overlooked and, as a
result, the maintenance and repairs to the runway
and the machine itself are often accepted as the
norm due to lack of attention to these runway
details.

Design and Application


Stackers & reclaimers often have multiple rails
of different sizes, as the wheel loads are not
evenly distributed along the machine. Wheel
forces are transferred from the rail to the
support structure beneath. Left uncontrolled,
these forces will eventually cause damage to all
the components in the load path. Improper
support can lead to misalignment, rail breaks,
soleplate bending or premature grout failure.

The use of components designed to control


wheel load forces to reduce shock and
vibration, will maintain rail alignment and
provide a predictable path to eliminate the
fatigue damage caused by high vertical wheel
loads produced by heavy machinery operation.
GANTREXTM soft-mount rail support systems,
along with properly selected rails, will improve
the operation of even the most demanding
stacker or reclaimer.
Gantrex is with you from the beginning to help design
the rail system and choose the correct materials for the
application. Boasting more than 45 years of experience
and unparalleled references, Gantrex has implemented its
solutions around the world, becoming the industry market
leader. Our 300+ staff working at our production sites and
sales & service centers around the globe allow Gantrex to
work hand-in-hand with you to provide both
applicationspecific solutions and/or installation services
for your new or existing project.

State of the Art Solutions & Benefits


Gantrex’ solutions involve the latest technology in crane and specialty rail track components and services, including:

• RailLok™ adjustable crane rail clips which are easier to install and help maintain critical rail
tolerances while allowing for controlled longitudinal rail float.

• RailLok™ crane rail pad which reduces stresses into the runway structure while minimizing
shock, vibration and noise to critical crane components and operational area.

• Continuous and intermittent soleplates designed to suit the operating loads and conditions
of the application. Ask us about the new GANTREX® Adjustable Chair, the first system to
allow for vertical adjustment after the rail is installed.

• GANTREX™ cement and epoxy grouts which fully support the rail to eliminate high impact
forces and allow for proper load distribution.

• Oleo™ hydraulic crane bumpers providing controlled machine deceleration while reducing
end forces and potential damage at the end of rail travel.

• Rail selection and supply via its global experience, direct access to rolling mills and its
distribution network, Gantrex can supply the most efficient rail solution for your application.

• Installation services Gantrex specially trained installation teams can provide any number of
services to suit your application and local market conditions including turnkey installation,
rail welding services, rail surveys and inspections or supervision.

© GANTREX 2017 l Rev.2018/01/US l [email protected]

www.gantrex.com

You might also like